PEy^RSON 
 
 i i 
 J 
 
 ijiili!
 
 EX^LIIRIS 
 
 MM^MERW 
 MAR 51 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA 
 AT LOS ANGELES 
 
 GIFT OF 
 
 Charles A. Marsh 
 to Vm Lamhda
 
 / 
 
 ■'' //
 
 Extemporaneous 
 Speaking 
 
 BY 
 PAUL M. PEARSON 
 
 PROFESSOR PUBLIC SPEAKING, SVVARTHMORE COLLEGE 
 
 AND PHILIP M. HICKS 
 
 ASSISTANT IN PUBLIC SPEAKING, SWARTHMORE COLLEGE 
 
 3 1 J ^ , 
 
 J J .T J ' 
 
 
 
 HINDS, NOBLE & ELDREDGE 
 31-33-3 5 West 15th St. New York. City
 
 Copyright, 1912, by Hinds, Noble & Eldredge
 
 p^ 
 
 I 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 - r) 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 ?3le 
 
 CONTENTS 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Preface 5 
 
 PART I 
 
 CHAPTER 
 
 I. Efficient Speaking ii 
 
 II. Preparing the Speech 17 
 
 III. The Introduction 23 
 
 IV. The Conclusion 32 
 
 V. The Discussion 37 
 
 \T. Personality 43 
 
 VII. After-Dinner Speaking 47 
 
 VIII. Speaking in Business S3 
 
 PART II 
 
 SPEECHES FOR STUDY 
 
 The Ethics of Corporate Management. .C/zaW^^ IV. Eliot 59 
 
 The Principles of Business Success Hugh Chalmers 75 
 
 The Unknown Quantities M. T. Frisbie 81 
 
 Comparative Advertising Methods, East and West, 
 
 Hugh A. O'Donnell 93 
 
 Vanadium Steels Louis Bradford 103 
 
 The Necessity for Adequate Railway Revenues, 
 
 Martin A. Knapp 107 
 Hours of Service of Railway Employees, 
 
 Robert M. La Follette 1 1 1 
 
 3 
 
 f''<»4l<l.
 
 4 CONTENTS 
 
 PAGE 
 
 The Railway Rate Bill Robert M. La Follette 117 
 
 Alaska: The Nation's Storehouse .Robert M. La Follette 129 
 
 On Withdrawing from the Union Jefferson Davis 139 
 
 Paul Before Agrippa 143 
 
 Paul at Mars' Hill 14; 
 
 Nathan's Parable of the Ewe Lamb 149 
 
 Tertullus' Speech Against Paul 151 
 
 Paul's Reply to Tertullus 153 
 
 Julia Ward Howe Charles W. Eliot 155 
 
 The Death of Lincoln James A. Garfield 161 
 
 The Bible and Progress Woodrow Wilson 163 
 
 International Conciliation Nicholas Murray Butler 179 
 
 Future in Chemistry Wilder D. Bancroft 187 
 
 The University is a Democracy. M^^o/a^ Murray Butler 193 
 
 Inaugural Address George E. Vincent 197 
 
 The Delays and Defects in the Enforcement of Law in 
 
 this Country William Howard Taft 21 1 
 
 The Indeterminate Sentence, the Parole, and the New 
 
 Criminology Frederick Howard Wines 219 
 
 The Honor System Jesse H. Holmes 225 
 
 Jackson-Day Dinner Woodrow Wilson 227 
 
 The Issues of Reform Woodrow Wilson 241 
 
 After-Dinner Speech Strickland W. Gillilan 251 
 
 Appendix I, Synopsis 255 
 
 Appendix 11, Topics for Speech 257 
 
 Appendix III, Extempore Speaking in High Schools 263 
 
 Notes on Programs 265
 
 PREFACE 
 
 FOR TEACHERS 
 
 Extemporaneous Speaking. — "Greater efficiency" 
 has become the watchword of modern activity, and 
 education in its various departments is shaping to 
 that end. Courses in business management have 
 made their way into the curriculum. The depart- 
 ments of economics, politics, and engineering being 
 the quickest to respond to the popular trend toward 
 practical rather than theoretical teaching, have 
 reaped the greatest increase in enrollment. Extem- 
 poraneous Speaking has been the answer of the 
 Public Speaking Department to this demand, and 
 the results obtained have been successful both from 
 the standpoint of the classroom and the interested 
 co-operation of the other college departments. 
 
 As oftered at Swarthmore, where it supplements 
 already established courses in Declamation, Oratory 
 and Argumentation, the aim of the course has been 
 to enable men to talk shop effectively: that is, to 
 equip the college student with the capacity for 
 leadership that comes with the ability to impress 
 one's personality on other people by means of the 
 spoken word. In all professions the thing that lifts 
 an individual above his fellows is usually facility in 
 self-expression. Leadership is the reward of the 
 man who possesses the power of effective speech. 
 
 5
 
 G PREFACE 
 
 Plan of Course. — The object of the course being 
 to train the student to talk effectively upon what- 
 ever touches him most nearly, two means to this 
 end suggest themselves. First, to give the student 
 a working knov/ledge of the structure and qualities 
 of a successful speech. Second, to include in the 
 course a maximum amount of practice. In other 
 words, a laboratory course, not a lecture course. 
 
 Small Sections. — In pursuance of these aims it has 
 been found necessary to divide the class into small 
 sections of not more than ten students each. These 
 sections meet one hour a week, when each student 
 delivers a five-minute speech. Two or three longer 
 speeches are also required during the semester. 
 
 Topics for Speeches. — Students are allowed the 
 greatest possible freedom in selecting topics for 
 speeches on condition that the subject be submitted 
 for approval a week in advance of the delivery of 
 the speech. A list of topics submitted by the heads 
 of other college departments (see Appendix 2) is 
 posted in the classroom, and students are encour- 
 aged to draw upon this source. College politics, 
 athletics, student activities, and the various prob- 
 lems arising in connection with undergraduate life 
 are frequently chosen, as are political, social, and 
 scientific questions of current interest. 
 
 Whenever possible, engineering students are 
 given separate sections, owing to the preponderance 
 of technical subjects, which are of little interest to 
 the other students.
 
 PREFACE 7 
 
 Teaching Method. — It will be seen that there is 
 comparatively little time allotted for actual instruc- 
 tion as such. The most satisfactory plan has been 
 to reduce this phase of the course to the minimum 
 required for a clear understanding of the principles 
 of efficient speaking, and to rely upon the instructor's 
 criticism of students' speeches to point out their 
 successful employment. The criticism aims to be 
 always constructive rather than destructive, to em- 
 phasize the merits of the speeches submitted rather 
 than their shortcomings. A very definite advantage 
 of the small section is that the instructor, by closer 
 contact with the students, is able to know what 
 variety and amount of criticism will produce the 
 best results in individual cases. Too much may 
 produce embarrassment, which is inimical to the 
 best results. 
 
 At the close of each speech, wherever time per- 
 mits, the class is encouraged to question the speaker 
 upon any points of the speech, or to challenge his 
 statements. The speaker is then allowed a few 
 moments in rebuttal. 
 
 The subject matter which forms the basis of the 
 instruction in this course will be found in Part I 
 of this book and, briefly stated, treats of (I) Prepa- 
 ration of the speech, (II) Qualities of a successful 
 speech, (III) Personality of the speaker, with addi- 
 tional chapters on the speech in business, and on 
 after-dinner speaking. 
 
 No attempt is made in this course to develop an 
 oratorical style or delivery. An easy, natural and
 
 8 PREFACE 
 
 dignified delivery is commended; spontaneous ges- 
 tures are encouraged ; offensive mannerisms and 
 striving for effect are deprecated. 
 
 Holding the Interest. — As in other laboratory 
 courses, the best results can be obtained only when 
 the students evince an active interest in the work. 
 One of the problems of the instructor is to keep 
 alive the interest, which is very general at the begin- 
 ning of the course. The meeting week after week 
 of the same small group of students to listen to the 
 same familiar voices does not tend either to inspire 
 the speaker or enthuse the listeners. This inevitable 
 monotony should be counteracted by varying the 
 program as much as possible. The routine of five- 
 minute speeches may be broken by an informal 
 debate, a round of toasts, a symposium upon some 
 college topic, or a session devoted to salesmanship. 
 Local condftions and knowledge of the class will 
 suggest to the instructor other means of holding 
 the interest, and he should be quick to seize upon 
 every latent enthusiasm, to direct it to this end. 
 Often a judicious assignment of topics may prove 
 advantasreous. 
 
 'fe' 
 
 Object of this Book. — The material contained in 
 Part I of this book embodies the teaching experi- 
 ence of the editors. The topics, the principles and 
 the hints to students of public speaking are those 
 which they have found useful in the classroom, and 
 the raison d'etre of the. book is the need they have 
 felt for a working text for the course in Extempo-
 
 PREFACE 9 
 
 raneous Speaking, and the hope that it might prove 
 useful to teachers working along similar lines. 
 
 Acknowledgment is made of the many valuable 
 suggestions derived from the following works : 
 The Speech for Special Occasions, Knapp and 
 
 French. 
 Effective Speaking. Arthur E. Phillips. 
 How to Attract and Hold an Audience, J. Berg 
 
 Esenwein. 
 Psychology of Public Speaking, Walter Dill 
 Scott. 
 
 The editors also desire to express their apprecia- 
 tion of the courtesy of the gentlemen who have per- 
 mitted the use of their speeches in Part H. The 
 speeches chosen have been, as far as possible, those 
 of living men who are recognized as among the 
 foremost thinkers and speakers of the present time, 
 and it is hoped that they may prove valuable in 
 stimulating classroom discussion, as well as in 
 exemplifying the qualities of efficient public speak- 
 ing. 
 
 Swarthmore, Pennsylvania, 1912.
 
 Extemporaneous Speaking 
 
 PART I 
 
 Chapter I 
 
 EFFICIENT SPEAKING 
 
 Importance of the Subject. — Because speech is a 
 natural gift, because we employ it freely according 
 to our needs or inclinations, and because the aver- 
 age person succeeds in conducting his affairs with- 
 out giving any special attention to the subject, we 
 are apt to lose sight of the opportunities for busi- 
 ness success, for exerting influence, for leadership, 
 which are offered to the man who has mastered the 
 principles of efficient speaking. The term efficient 
 speaking is in itself significant of the changing sen- 
 timent toward one of the oldest and most honorable 
 of the arts, the art of public speech. In the forum 
 and on the stage, the power of the spoken word has 
 always been acknowledged, but only within recent 
 years has there been a general recognition of the 
 importance of effective speaking ability, both as a 
 business asset and as a means of added usefulness 
 
 II
 
 12 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPSAKING 
 
 and power in every walk of life. This recognition 
 is a part of the widespread striving for greater effi- 
 ciency in all human activities, and the term efficient 
 speaking is significant of this new and highly prac- 
 tical interest in public speaking, as contrasted with 
 the older view, which identified it only with elocu- 
 tion and oratory. 
 
 To those whose profession demands constant em- 
 ployment of speech — the lawyer, the preacher, the 
 teacher — the importance of ability in speaking 
 should be apparent ; yet how often does the plea 
 fail, the sermon bore, or the lecture pall because 
 the speaker cannot present effectively the matter 
 which may have cost him the most painstaking 
 efifort ! But to the non-professional speaker — the 
 engineer, the farmer, the business man or woman — 
 effective speaking ability is equally, if not so ob- 
 viously, important. Distinction in any vocation can 
 only come to the man who knows how to make his 
 knowledge intelligible to others, and we frequently 
 see the most thoughtful men yielding leadership to 
 inferior men who can out-talk them. 
 
 The Press and Speaking. — The development of 
 printing is partly responsible for the apparent 
 decline of interest in the art of speech, yet at a 
 second glance the press is revealed as a medium for 
 the extension of the spoken word. We are not de- 
 pendent upon the spoken word for information or 
 for arguments ; but for inspiration, nothing can take 
 the place of it. A distinguished man speaks to a 
 thousand persons upon some topic of public con-
 
 EFFICIENT SPEAKING 13 
 
 cern. and the next morning his words are read by 
 millions throughout the land. 
 
 Press and Pulpit. — What Newell Dwight Hillis 
 says of the effect of the press upon the pulpit is 
 true of all serious public speech. "Thoughtful men 
 are not troubled lest some agency arise to dis- 
 possess the pulpit. In the last analysis preaching 
 is simply an extension of that universal function 
 called conversation. So far from books doing away 
 with the influence of the voice, they seem rather 
 to increase it. When a new book is published like 
 'The ]\Iemories of Tennyson,' or 'Equality,' or 'The 
 Christian,' these books, instead of ending conversa- 
 tion upon the themes in question seem rather to 
 open the flood-gates of speech so that a thousand 
 readers break forth with discussion, who before 
 were dumb." 
 
 The Platform. — The public platform, the Chau- 
 tauqua movement, and the University Extension 
 work, all of which are increasing in importance and 
 influence, each year ofifer exceptional opportunities 
 to men who have a message for the public and the 
 ability to speak it. Williams Jennings Bryan has 
 perhaps the^ largest personal following of any man 
 in the United States, which he has built up largely 
 from the lecture platform by his spoken appeals to 
 the people. 
 
 The Cash Return. — Now turning from the possi- 
 bilities of leadership and preferment to the topic 
 which more immediately concerns the college grad-
 
 14 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 uate, it is asked : "Will training in public speaking 
 better enable a man to get a job?" Mr. Allen Davis, 
 Professor of Public Speaking in the University of 
 Pittsburgh, in an address before the Public Speak- 
 ing Conference at Swarthmore College in 1910 of- 
 fered this striking testimony in support of the con- 
 clusion that it would. He said in part : 
 
 In Business. — "The director of the High School in 
 Pittsburgh, one of the most commercial cities in 
 the world, sent out a circular letter to every busi- 
 ness firm of consequence in the city, asking those 
 firms, what in their opinion, was the most important 
 thing we could teach students in order to enable 
 them to grapple more successfully with the prob- 
 lems that would await them in the business world. 
 With a few exceptions, the answers that he got did 
 not say, 'Teach them more arithmetic,' or 'Teach 
 them more stenography.' In fact, ninety-nine per 
 cent of those business firms laid stress upon the 
 advantage of being able to write and speak the 
 English tongue accurately and forcibly! Let us 
 mark this bit of testimony Exhibit 1. 
 
 In Engineering. — "Now for Exhibit 2. The Chan- 
 cellor of the University of Pittsburgh recently had 
 a meeting with a body of engineers, and asked them 
 what they considered to be the most important 
 part of a college career. Their answer may seem 
 strange to you, but I quote it exactly as it was 
 given. *We presuppose,' said these gentlemen, 'that 
 graduates of an engineering school will have some
 
 EFFICIENT SPEAKING 15 
 
 knowledge of the principles of their profession ; but 
 you, Mr. Chancellor, cannot emphasize too strongly 
 the advantage that accrues to men from the ability 
 to think upon their feet ; to express extempore a 
 well-thought-out proposition ; to adapt themselves 
 and their conversation instantaneously to changing 
 conditions as they may arise. We value this ability 
 of clear and rapid thinking and expression more 
 highly than almost anything else.' Let us mark this 
 bit of testimony Exhibit 2. 
 
 In Salesmanship. — "Now for Exhibit 3. The gen- 
 eral manager of an international business house 
 which employs thousands of salesmen, recently said 
 to me, 'I never can get enough men for the more 
 important positions of the firm, because there are 
 so very few men who can present their own argu- 
 ments clearly and overcome the arguments of the 
 other side without giving ofifence. At the present 
 time I have three positions paying $5,000 a year 
 each, and I am unable to find a man of personality 
 who has the qualifications that I have indicated.' 
 But seriously diflferent as these three points may 
 seem on their face, is there not at the bottom an 
 underlying unity to all of them? What does 'writ- 
 ing and speaking the mother tongue well' mean but 
 the conveying thought clearly and powerfully — to 
 persuade? What does 'thinking on one's feet and 
 adapting one's case to the case of the other man' 
 mean but the skilful presentation of facts — in order 
 to persuade? And what does 'an ability to meet 
 the case of the opponent without giving offence'
 
 16 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 mean but convincing refutation in order to per- 
 suade? Is not persuasion of one sort or another, 
 whether it be to present facts that they may be 
 accepted, or to induce a mood in the mind of the 
 reader to correspond to that of the writer, at the 
 basis of all language; and how much more at the 
 basis of all spoken language, and above all, of 
 oratory, which has for its fundamental object the 
 moving of bodies of men to action as the speaker 
 directs them." 
 
 Scope of This Course. — The course in Extempo- 
 raneous Speaking is designed, not to supplant, but 
 to supplement, the courses in Oratory and Argu- 
 mentation. It is planned especially to meet the 
 needs of the non-professional or informal speaker 
 who desires to cultivate facility in clear, convincing 
 and effective expression, whether in private conver- 
 sation, in business, or in any of the social, political, 
 or professional organizations with which he may be 
 connected. 
 
 The distinction between extemporaneous and im- 
 promptu speaking should be clear at the outset. 
 The former in no wise implies a lack of preparation 
 on the part of the speaker, but designates that 
 broad field of public speech which lies just with- 
 out the confines of the formal oration, sermon, legal 
 address, or platform lecture. The chapters that 
 follow are especially designed to aid in the prepara- 
 tion of speeches for the wide range of informal occa- 
 sions that present themselves constantly to edu- 
 cated men.
 
 Chapter II 
 
 PREPARING THE SPEECH 
 
 Three Methods. — There are three ways of prepar- 
 ing a speech that are in general use by successful 
 speakers. The first is to write it out and to memorize 
 it or familiarize one's self with it by frequent re- 
 hearsals. The second is to prepare an outline or 
 plan, and to practice the speech from these notes 
 until a reasonable grasp of it is obtained. The third 
 is to divide the subject mentally and to trust to the 
 inspiration of the occasion for the most effective 
 phrasing. The last method, while allowing the most 
 freedom and spontaneity to the speaker who is able 
 to read his audience accurately and to take instant 
 advantage of their moods, is not recommended to 
 inexperienced speakers. For classroom work, the 
 second is undoubtedly the safest and most valuable 
 method for the student, although writing out the 
 speech in full may be helpful to those afflicted with 
 nervousness. Whichever method is chosen, the 
 introduction and conclusion of the speech should be 
 definitely phrased and committed, for those are the 
 places at which embarrassment and hesitation are 
 most likely to overtake the novice, and at which a 
 "break" is most damaging to the success of the 
 speech. 
 
 17
 
 18 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 Value of Preparation. — A story is told of Presi- 
 dent George E. Vincent, of the University of Min- 
 nesota', who being listed for a toast at an alumni 
 dinner, determined to be ready for whatever pleas- 
 antries the toastmaster might perpetrate in intro- 
 ducing him, and to this end, prepared no less than 
 eight tentative introductions to his own speech. The 
 result of this forethought was one of the most 
 notable and delightful speeches in the history of the 
 association. 
 
 M^illiam Dean Howells, writing of Mark Twain's 
 methods, says: "He knew that from the beginning 
 of oratory the orator's spontaneity was for the 
 silence and solitude of the closet where he mused 
 his words to an imaginary audience ; that this was 
 the use of orators from Demosthenes and Cicero up 
 and down. He studied every word and syllable. 
 He studied every tone and gesture, and he forecast 
 the result with the real audience from its result on 
 the imagined audience. Therefore it was beautiful 
 to see him and to hear him. Pie rejoiced in the 
 pleasure he gave, and in the blows of surprise he 
 dealt, and, because he had his end in mind, he knew 
 where to stop." 
 
 More significant testimony as to the value of 
 careful preparation can hardly be imagined. 
 
 Choosing the Subject. — Usually the subject is de- 
 termined by the occasion, but where this is not the 
 case, the speaker should none the less consider the 
 occasion and the probable audience in choosing his 
 topic. For classwork the range of possible subjects
 
 PREPARING THE SPEECH 19 
 
 is almost unlimited, with this caution : Do not 
 select topics concerning which you have no previous 
 knowledge or interest. A speech should impress 
 your own personality upon the subject. A mere 
 report of some one else's ideas is not the de- 
 sideratum. 
 
 First Steps. — Having decided upon a subject the 
 first thing to do is to think over and reduce to logi- 
 cal form what you already know and believe about 
 it. This is essential. Even though your subsequent 
 reading and study may completely alter your first 
 opinions or ideas, the possession at the outset of a 
 definite viewpoint will illuminate your investigation 
 and make it of real value to you, besides doubling 
 the probability of your making an entertaining and 
 convincing speech. 
 
 A complete mastery of the subject is essential to 
 intelligent speaking. The speaker's concern should 
 be to select the most important out of the mass 
 of material at hand. Moreover, for a ten-minute 
 speech he should have enough material for a half- 
 hour. There is no more efifective cure for nervous- 
 ness and lack of confidence than to have more than 
 enough ammunition in reserve, so that you cannot 
 be disconcerted by a random question. 
 
 Theme and Purpose. — The selection of material 
 to be used out of the mass in hand will naturally 
 take the form of a narrowing of the general subject 
 to some particular phase or theme which will be 
 determined by the speaker's purpose. Authorities
 
 20 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 differ very widely in the matter of classifying 
 speeches according to their kinds or to the pur- 
 poses in speaking, but the differences are mainly a 
 matter of terminology, some preferring to adopt 
 the terms of psychology, others to group according 
 to the ends sought by the speaker. Inasmuch as 
 the speaker may need, in arousing the audience to 
 action, for example, to appeal to two or more of the 
 psychological functions of the mind, such as the 
 imagination and the reason, the latter method seems 
 less confusing, and will be adopted in this text. 
 The speaker's purpose then will be either Clearness, 
 Acceptance, Action, or Entertainment. 
 
 Four Ends of Speech. — Clearness: Here the 
 speaker is concerned simply to convey to the au- 
 dience a definite picture of the subject in hand, 
 whether it be a nebula, a propaganda, or a gas 
 engine. His appeal is to the understanding; and 
 both subject-matter and phrasing must be selected 
 to that end. 
 
 Acceptance involves a step farther than clearness. 
 The audience must not only discern what is in the 
 speaker's mind, but they must approve it and adopt 
 it as their own. In working for acceptance the 
 speaker may appeal either to the reason by argu- 
 ment or to the sentiments by persuasion — or to 
 both, as is the usual practice, because the average 
 audience contains about an even proportion of per- 
 sons dominated by reason or sentiment. 
 
 Action goes beyond acceptance and involves an
 
 PREPARING THE SPEECH 21 
 
 appeal to the emotions or to the impelling motives — 
 patriotism, ambition, self-preservation, honor, etc. 
 It is the most important and most difficult of the 
 four ends, and in a measure embraces them all. To 
 rouse to action the speaker must be lucid, per- 
 suasive, interesting, convincing, and finally his plea 
 must be virile. 
 
 Entertainment : To be successful, all speeches 
 should entertain; that is to say, the speaker must 
 never lose sight of the importance of interesting- 
 ness as a quality of discourse. But we must dis- 
 tinguish between entertainingness as a quality and 
 as an end. In the latter case it constitutes amuse- 
 ment, and the speaker's appeal is to the imagination, 
 the fancy, and the sense of humor, which necessi- 
 tates a different treatment of the subject. 
 
 Plaving decided upon one of these four ends, the 
 speaker will adopt the theme best suited to attain 
 the desired end, and will be ready to begin the 
 actual preparation of the speech, the divisions of 
 which — the introduction, the discussion, and the 
 conclusion — are treated in the following chapters. 
 
 Studying the Audience. — Not less important than 
 thorough preparation is the study of human nature, 
 to enable the speaker to read his audience, to know 
 what testimony will convince them, when a point 
 is accepted, when further proof is needed, and how 
 to redeem a speech that is not going well. There 
 are no rules to make this task easy. Constant watch-
 
 22 EXTEMPORANE(3US SPEAKING 
 
 fulness and the will to profit by experience will 
 alone avail to develop one's natural powers in this 
 direction. For one thing, thorough preparation in 
 advance will leave the speaker freer to watch his 
 hearers and to note his effect upon them.
 
 Chapter III 
 THE INTRODUCTION 
 
 Functions. — The opening moments of the speech 
 arfe the most embarrassing to the inexperienced 
 speaker, and at the same time the most momentous. 
 The sea of upturned faces is filled with imaginary 
 terrors for the novice and he may easily wreck his 
 craft if it is not well ballasted b}^ preparation and 
 confidence. In these crucial moments the speaker 
 has what he may later have to strive for, the atten- 
 tion of his audience. A position of leadership is ac- 
 corded him ; the minds of his auditors are attentive 
 and alert, ready to follow him. 
 
 In return for their attention thev have a risrht to 
 demand of the speaker certain definite things. First, 
 that he have something to say to them ; second, 
 that he say it clearly and interestingly; third, that 
 his bearing be dignified, courteous, and genial. All 
 of which things must be unmistakably indicated in 
 the opening remarks. The function of the introduc- 
 tion then is threefold. 
 
 1. To establish friendly relations between speaker 
 and audience. 
 
 2. To establish relationship between audience and 
 subject. 
 
 3. To state clearly the purpose of the speaker. 
 
 23
 
 24 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 Speaker and the Audience. — Almost every audi- 
 ence, like all Gaul, is divided into three parts — the 
 friendly, the indifferent, and the hostile. The dis- 
 creet speaker will gauge the situation and endeavor 
 to determine how much consideration he must 
 accord to each faction in order to fuse the whole 
 audience into a body sufficiently interested and well 
 disposed to follow his discourse to the end. 
 
 Where the friendly element predominates, the 
 speaker need lose no time on this function. Where 
 indifference or hostility is the prevailing feeling a 
 serious effort must be made to allay it and supplant 
 it with tolerance or interest. The attitude of the 
 speaker becomes one of conciliation. He is willing 
 to concede certain things to the opposition, and in 
 return appeals to their sense of fair play. No better 
 example of a successful introduction of this nature 
 can be found than in Henry Ward Beecher's famous 
 address in Liverpool, October 16, 1863. Popular 
 sympathy in England at the time was strongly with 
 the Southern cause, and Beecher found the towns 
 placarded against him and the audiences violently 
 hostile. In the Liverpool address, after discussing 
 free speech briefly, he said : 
 
 "Now, personally, it is a matter of very little 
 consequence to me whether I speak here to-night 
 or not. (Laughter and cheers.) But one thing 
 is very certain : if you do permit me to speak 
 here to-night, you will hear some very plain talk- 
 ing. (Applause and hisses.) You will not find 
 me a man that dared to speak about Great Britain 
 three thousand miles off, and then is afraid to
 
 THE INTRODUCTION 35 
 
 speak to Great Britain when he stands on her 
 shores. (Immense applause and hisses.) And 
 if I do not mistake the tone and temper of 
 Englishmen, they had rather have a man who 
 opposes them in a manly way than a sneak that 
 agrees with them in an unmanly way. (Bravo.) 
 Now, if I can carry you with me by sound con- 
 victions, I shall be immensely glad, but if I 
 cannot carry you with me by facts and sound 
 arguments, I do not wish you to go with me at 
 all; and all that I ask is simply fair play." 
 (Applause and a voice: "You shall have it, 
 too.") 
 
 The Audience and the Subject. — With an audi- 
 ence wholly friendly, the speaker may, at his dis- 
 cretion, omit this function of the introduction and 
 trust to making the speech as a whole sufficiently 
 striking- and interesting. But instances are com- 
 paratively few where friendliness expresses itself in 
 enthusiasm. Indeed, the majority of questions 
 which we discuss in our every-day affairs elicit but 
 a m-ild mental assent without any stirring to affirma- 
 tive action. Hence if action is the end sought, the 
 speaker may do well to proceed as though his entire 
 audience were indifferent to the subject. 
 
 Indifference in an audience usually grows out of 
 a distaste for being bored. And if it is possible to 
 define so multiplex an experience as being bored 
 we may say that this sensation, so far as audiences 
 are concerned, usually arises when the subject 
 touches neither their experience nor their interest, 
 or is presented in an unauthoritative or uninterest- 
 ing manner. It will be noted that our definition is
 
 26 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 in negative terms, from which the speaker may 
 deduce that the antidote will be positive — vigorous 
 and striking. 
 
 Boldness, sincerity, and geniality will go a long 
 way toward securing the attention of indifferent 
 listeners; and if in addition the speaker can impress 
 upon them the importance of the subject to them 
 as individuals or as a body he may proceed with 
 his serious arguments with reasonable assurance of 
 an attentive hearing. A few striking and original 
 phrases, a well-chosen illustration, a hint of the un- 
 usual—any device that will present a familiar topic 
 in a new guise and make it personal and vital — 
 will dispel indifference, the greatest obstacle a 
 speaker has to overcome. 
 
 Where hostility toward the subject is manifest, 
 it must be met by concession, as in the case of hos- 
 tility toward the speaker, and the speaker must 
 establish some common ground from which they 
 can approach gradually the things which cause 
 division. William Jennings Bryan almost habitu- 
 ally begins his address by laying down some broad 
 generalization from the Constitution or the Scrip- 
 tures, which every one accepts, and then proceeds 
 to develop from it the viewpoint he seeks to estab- 
 lish in the minds of his auditors. Beecher, in his 
 Liverpool speech already quoted, had to overcome 
 violent antagonism to his subject as well as to him- 
 self. Some speakers prefer to meet opposition in a 
 fighting spirit and rely upon their mettle to win 
 through.
 
 THE INTRODUCTION 27 
 
 Statement of Purpose. — Occasionally a speaker 
 is heard who is so zealous to be fair-minded and 
 impartial that the audience is kept playing at hide 
 and seek with his real viewpoint in a jungle of 
 bewilderingly vague generalizations. If you have a 
 purpose in speaking — which is your only excuse for 
 speaking — you will save both time and efifort by 
 taking the audience into your confidence at the out- 
 set. If you are arguing for universal arbitration, 
 argue for if. Let your purpose be known at the 
 start. Later on you may treat the other side as 
 judicially as you please, but first be sure that you 
 have implanted in the minds of the audience a 
 deftnite conception of your own purpose. Occa- 
 sionally, of course, your obejct may be best attained 
 by indirection — as in Mark Anthony's oration over 
 the body of Caesar — but such occasions are excep- 
 tional ; they seldom occur with the non-professional 
 speaker. 
 
 With these functions of the introduction in mind 
 it is worth while to examine the speeches of men 
 successful in leading human thought, to see what 
 forms the opening remarks may take. Any rigid 
 classification is impossible because the combination 
 of subject and occasion, and the personality and the 
 style of the speaker conduce to an infinite variety. 
 An examination of the speeches included in this 
 volume will make it evident that there are certain 
 types or forms which are most frequently used and 
 are generally effective. Knapp and French in their 
 handbook, "The Speech for Special Occasions,"
 
 28 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 classify these common types as Personal, General, 
 Illustrative, and the Anecdote. 
 
 The Personal Introduction. — This is the most 
 common type of introduction, and if kept within the 
 bounds of sincerity and modesty is one of the 
 easiest and safest ways of getting in touch with 
 an audience. In it the speaker has an opportunity 
 at once to express his gratification at the privilege 
 or honor accorded him, and to deprecate his ability; 
 also to win the cordiality of the audience by paying 
 his tribute of respect to the organization, or what- 
 ever agency may have called the meeting together. 
 Care must be taken not to violate good taste either 
 by overpraise or over-humility. The personality of 
 the speaker should be merged in the occasion and 
 not exalted above it. We have no better example 
 of a graceful introduction than the second paragraph 
 from Henry W. Grady's oration on The New South 
 delivered before the New England Society. 
 
 "Let me express to you my appreciation of 
 the kindness by which I am permitted to address 
 3'ou. I make this abrupt statement advisedly, for 
 I feel that if, when I raise my provincial voice 
 in this ancient and august presence. I could find 
 courage for no more than the opening sentence, 
 it would be well if in that instance I had met in 
 a rough sense my obligation as a guest, and had 
 perished, so to speak, with courtesy on my lips 
 and grace in my heart. 
 
 "Permitted through your kindness to catch my 
 second wind, let me say that I appreciate the 
 significance of being the first Southerner to speak
 
 THE INTRODUCTION 29 
 
 at this board, which bears the substance, if it 
 surpasses the semblance, of the original New 
 England's hospitality, and honors a sentiment that 
 in turn honors you, in which my personality is 
 lost and the compliment to my people made 
 plain." 
 
 For other examples of this type, see Paul's Ad- 
 dress before Agrippa {page 143), Woodrow Wilson's 
 speech on "The Bible and Progress" {page 163), 
 Charles W. Eliot's Eulogy of Julia Ward Howe 
 {page 155). 
 
 The General Introduction. — The general begin- 
 ning is more formal than the personal introduction, 
 and is more frequently used in speeches of dedica- 
 tion and presentation, or when the occasion, not the 
 speaker, is the important affair. It will begin by 
 discussing the significance of such occasions or sub- 
 jects in general, and proceed thence naturally to the 
 specific occasion or theme. For variations of this 
 type read Woodrow V/ilson's address on "The 
 Issues of Reform" {page 241), and F. H. Wines' on 
 "The New Criminology" {page 219). 
 
 The Illustrative Introduction. — The speaker de- 
 sirous of fixing a certain viewpoint in the mind of 
 his hearers can frequently do so more efifectively by 
 some well-chosen illustration or comparison than 
 by simple statement of his own. To be an illus- 
 tration in any real sense the figure employed must 
 involve things that are known by that audience. 
 The comparison, if made, must be to something
 
 30 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 familiar. Quotations and illustrations from His- 
 tory, Science, or the Arts frequently combine the 
 advantages of familiarity and authenticity, and are 
 doubly effective. Nicholas Murray Butler begins 
 his speech at the inaugural exercises at the Univer- 
 sity of Virginia {page 193) with a reference to one 
 of the familiar dialogues of Plato. 
 
 The Anecdote. — If well told and pertinent, an 
 anecdote gives the speaker a splendid start, but 
 if poorly told it imposes a tremendous handicap. 
 Suggestions concerning the telling of stories are 
 found elsewhere in this book. In deciding upon 
 an introduction of this nature, the speaker must 
 consider his own ability. If it is not a dependable 
 quantity he had far better risk his anecdotes in the 
 main body of the speech, where a failure to secure 
 a laugh has" not quite so damaging an effect. 
 
 Introduction for a Technical Speech, — When a 
 professional man is addressing members of his own 
 profession his choice of introduction will be gov- 
 erned by the same motives as apply to any other 
 speech. But the occasion frequently occurs when 
 the professional man must talk to laymen and when 
 his technical vocabulary is not intelligible to his 
 audience. Salesmen selling goods, engineers, and 
 architects presenting plans to committees or boards, 
 specialists who have occasion to interest a mixed 
 audience find these functions added to the other 
 requirements of the introduction :
 
 THE INTRODUCTION 31 
 
 1. To make clear the general scope or purpose of 
 the subject. 
 
 2. To make it vital by comparison with familiar 
 things, or by setting forth its advantages in terms 
 of utility, economy, or comfort. 
 
 -3. To define such essential principles as will 
 enable the audience to grasp the subject as a whole 
 as the speech proceeds with its development. 
 
 The speech on "Vanadium Steels" {page 103), 
 given by a student in the classroom at Swarth- 
 more, is opened effectively in accordance with these 
 principles.
 
 Chapter IV 
 THE CONCLUSION 
 
 Purpose of the Conclusion. — The closing para- 
 graphs of the extemporaneous speech, while not so 
 formal as the peroration in oratory nor as logically 
 exacting as the summary in debate, have yet a very 
 definite relation to the speech as a whole, and an es- 
 sential function to perform. The conclusion is neces- 
 sary to give final emphasis to the theme, to fix it in 
 the minds of the auditors, and having done this, to 
 enable the speaker to take leave of them gracefully 
 while their interest is at flood-tide. He has pre- 
 sented his case, drawn his picture, or pleaded his 
 cause, as may be. Nothing new is to be added. 
 The audience must not be wearied by repetition, yet 
 something is needed to drive the argument home — 
 something brief, vivid, striking, that will send the 
 audience away with the speaker's thought strongly 
 impressed and with the satisfied feeling that comes 
 from hearing a clear and interesting discourse force- 
 fully and happily concluded. 
 
 The attention quickens involuntarily when the 
 audience senses the approaching end, and the 
 speaker must be prepared to turn this quickening 
 to bis advantage in pressing home his thought. 
 
 32
 
 THE CONCLUSION 33 
 
 Qualities of the Conclusion. — To fulfil these pur- 
 poses, the conclusion must have certain definite 
 qualities, the foremost of which are brevity, force, 
 and appropriateness. Brevity is the sine qua non 
 of the successful ending. Do not multiply your 
 phrases however they may please your own ears. 
 An audience disappointed of an anticipated termina- 
 tion quickly grows impatient and restive. Do not 
 be tempted by the seeming opportunity to add just 
 one thought more. Deliver your conclusion as you 
 have planned it, and leave the audience satisfied but 
 not satiated. 
 
 Force is essential to the success of the conclusion. 
 The audience expects a climax. The speaker should 
 feel the necessity of it. Yet many thoughtful 
 speeches are weakened by a lame and halting con- 
 clusion both as to voice and sentiment. Confidence 
 and conviction beget like qualities in the audience, 
 and should be dominant characteristics of the clos- 
 ing paragraph. 
 
 Appropriateness is the final test of a good con- 
 clusion. The closing paragraph must be in keeping 
 with the body of the speech, which effect is most 
 readily attained by having the purpose of the speech 
 clearly in mind when planning the conclusion. If 
 the discussion is simple, personal and direct, a 
 sudden turning to the grand, sublime, and reverential 
 style is almost certain to produce an anticlimax. If 
 clearness is the end sought, if the speech is an expo- 
 sition, a narrative, or deals with technical or scien- 
 tific subjects, the conclusion will appropriately be
 
 34 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 used to intensify the mental picture of the situation, 
 conditions, laws, or mechanisms that have been dis- 
 cussed. If the efifort has been to win conviction, or 
 rouse to action, a more impassioned style in closing 
 will be justified. Whatever the purpose in speak- 
 ing, the conclusion should seem to be the natural 
 and logical ending to the train of ideas presented. 
 The conclusion must conclude. 
 
 Forms of the Conclusion. — In closing, as in begin- 
 ning the speech, the speaker is not limited by fixed 
 forms or rules, but may employ that kind of conclu- 
 sion which seems best adapted to the subject, to the 
 occasion, or to his style and purpose in speaking. 
 Knapp and French classify the most frequently used 
 types as the Personal, the Summary, the Hortatory 
 ending, and the Quotation. A study of the speeches 
 in Part II will disclose examples of these types, and 
 show how they ma}^ be varied or combined to suit 
 the purpose of the speaker. 
 
 The Personal Ending. — The personal ending is 
 employed when the speaker feels that his climax is 
 too abrupt to serve as a leave-taking, or when the 
 occasion seems to require the addition of a few 
 personal words. A brief appreciation of the cour- 
 tesy or patience shown him, and an expression of 
 his pleasure in speaking, serve this purpose admir- 
 ably. Often, too, the speaker may make his sin- 
 cerity felt by employing his closing words to 
 express his personal tribute or conviction. 
 
 Professor Bancroft, in his speech on "The Future
 
 THE CONCLUSION 35 
 
 of Chemistry" {page 187), uses a combination of 
 the personal ending with the summary. 
 
 The Summary. — The informal speech does not 
 require the exact summary that is used in debate, 
 but in modification it is one of the safest and most 
 forceful methods for the inexperienced speaker. The 
 aim must be to sum up what the speech has at- 
 tempted to convey, not the particular step or argu- 
 ments employed. This is well illustrated in the 
 conclusion of M. T. Frisbie's speech on "The Un- 
 known Quantities" {page 81). The aim must be 
 to present the gist of the speech in a striking way ; 
 an epigram or a paraphrased proverb or quotation 
 will linger in the hearer's mind after specific argu- 
 ments have faded. 
 
 Hortatory Ending. — This is the natural ending for 
 all persuasive speeches, wherein the speaker seeks 
 to arouse the emotions of the audience or to secure 
 their action, although it is by no means confined to 
 this one type of speech. 
 
 The study of the following examples will reveal 
 its eiTectiveness under widely varying" conditions : 
 
 Woodrow Wilson's address at the Jackson Day 
 Dinner (page 227). 
 
 Nicholas Murray Butler at the Lake Mohonk 
 Conference {page 179). 
 
 Nicholas Murray Butler at the University of Vir- 
 ginia (page 193). 
 
 Illustration. — Under this head we may group the 
 ♦quotation, the allusion, and the general illustration,
 
 36 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 through their common function of strengthening the 
 speaker's presentation by associating it with fami- 
 liar and accepted things and with the thoughts of 
 men of established position and authority. 
 
 President Vincent's Inaugural Address {page 
 197) concludes with a combination of the horta- 
 tory ending and a quotation from Goethe which 
 happily expresses the broad ideas of the speech. 
 
 Ex-President Eliot, of Harvard, in his tribute to 
 Julia Ward Howe {page 155), makes graceful em- 
 ployment of her own lines in concluding. 
 
 Robert M. La Follette, in his speech in the United 
 States Senate on the Railway Rates Bill {page 117), 
 reenforces his general contention by a quotation 
 from Daniel Webster. 
 
 Preparation. — Whatever form of conclusion may 
 be chosen by the speaker, it should be carefully 
 phrased in advance and in some cases even com- 
 mitted to memory. The assurance that comes from 
 the knowledge that one has at his tongue's end a 
 forceful and adequate conclusion contributes greatly 
 to the confidence and efifectiveness of the informal 
 speaker.
 
 Chapter V 
 
 THE DISCUSSION 
 
 Importance. — Important as are the beginning and 
 the ending, it remains that the speech itself is the 
 thing. The impression made by the speaker will 
 depend ultimately upon the quality and the delivery 
 of the main body of the speech. We have shown 
 that the introduction and conclusion serve their 
 important purposes, but excellence in these two 
 divisions must in no sense be considered a disguise 
 for poverty of thought or slovenly presentation 
 throughout the speech itself. 
 
 The Speaker's Problem. — Assuming adequate 
 mental preparation, the speaker's part is to get his 
 material across the footlights; to make his hearers 
 see the thing as he sees it ; to accept what he has 
 accepted ; to be moved as he is moved. A mere 
 statement of fact or opinion is not sufficient. Every 
 audience contains persons of widely varying degrees 
 of intelligence, information, and opinion, and the 
 speaker is to bring them all to one viewpoint, his 
 own. He must foresee these differences when plan- 
 ning his speech ; must endeavor to foresee what 
 points the audience will find difficult of acceptance, 
 and must elaborate these. He must consider that a 
 
 37 

 
 38 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 statement which is almost axiomatic to one part 
 of his audience may seem only crass assertion to 
 another. 
 
 Efficiency in speaking involves carrying the audi- 
 ence with one through difficulties and across ob- 
 stacles, not in running a spectacular race and dis- 
 tancing the field. 
 
 Assertion; Four Kinds of Support. — Whatever 
 the purpose of the speech, whatever the subject or 
 theme, the statement of it in the first instance will 
 be mere assertion, and it becomes the business of 
 the speaker to support these assertions. 
 
 Professor Arthur E. Phillips, in his book, "Ef- 
 fective Speaking," makes the following analysis of 
 the four forms of support, which he defines as Re- 
 statement, General Illustration, Specific Instance, 
 and Testimony : 
 
 "We say (assertion) 'Greece had great men.' 
 and continue, 'She had master minds.' This is 
 Restatement; we have said the same thing over 
 again in different words. We go on, 'She had 
 orators, philosophers, poets.' This is a General 
 Illustration. We have supported the assertion by 
 presenting some of its general features. We pro- 
 ceed, 'She had Demosthenes, Plato, Homer, etc' 
 This is Specific Instance. We have strengthened 
 our original assertion by actual cases. Finally, 
 we say. 'Macaulay says : "Her intellectual em- 
 pire is imperishable." ' This is Testimony. We 
 have supported our assertion by corroboration. 
 It will now be clear that the great task of the 
 speaker who would be effective in the profes- 
 sional, social or business field is the develop-
 
 THE DISCUSSION 39 
 
 ment of judgment in respect as to when an asser- 
 tion needs support, and the kind and degree of 
 support demanded." 
 
 The example given i.s merely illustrative of the 
 use of the four forms of support, and is not in- 
 tended as a model. Few statements need such 
 elaborate defense. Ordinarily, one or two of the 
 four will afford ample support, Restatement and 
 Specific Instance being most commonly used. 
 
 Qualities of the Discussion. — While it is both im- 
 possible and undesirable to prescribe definite forms 
 to be followed in planning the discussion, there are 
 certain qualities which an analysis of successful 
 speeches reveals as being essential. These are 
 Unity, Sequence, Clearness, Force, Elegance, and 
 Appeal. 
 
 Unity. — The principle of unity requires that the 
 speaker shall stick to his theme. Unity can be in- 
 sured only by a careful planning of the speech in 
 advance. Unity means no digressions that do not 
 directly strengthen the argument, and no favorite 
 stories or quotations that do not illustrate the case 
 in point. The impromptu speaker is likely to vio- 
 late the principle of unity owing to the lack of 
 perspective, which leads him to over-elaborate 
 trivial details. Read the speech of Jefferson Davis 
 "On Withdrawing from the Union" {page 139), and 
 notice how inevitable each successive thought is to 
 the progress of the speech.
 
 40 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 Sequence. — Logical arrangement or sequence of 
 the material enables the audience to follow the 
 argument more readily than when the speaker 
 chases his theme from pillar to post. In arguing 
 from past to future, from cause to effect, or efifect 
 to cause, in description or narration, the speaker 
 should have his end clearly in view and arrange his 
 material at the outset so that each step shall carry 
 him nearer the goal. Each point should be estab- 
 lished in turn, the speech progressing smoothly and 
 logically toward an inevitable conclusion. Examine 
 these speeches in Part II, and notice their 
 structure : 
 
 "Ethics of Corporate jNIanagement," by Charles 
 W Eliot {page 59). 
 
 "The Unknown Quantities in Advertising," by 
 M. T. Frisbie {page 81). 
 
 Clearness. — The importance of clearness cannot 
 be overestimated. Words and phrasing should con- 
 vey exactly the shade of meaning intended. How 
 futile to build an elaborate argument upon a prem- 
 ise that is misunderstood by the audience! Vague 
 phrases must be avoided ; the minds of the listeners 
 must be held to the topic by specific illustrations. 
 An audience cannot turn back a page to clear up a 
 doubtful point, but must grasp the idea as it is 
 spoken, a fact which the speaker should bear in 
 mind when preparing his speech. 
 
 All of the speeches of Robert M. La Follette, 
 in Part II, are notably clear, owing to the speaker's 
 unerring instinct for the right word.
 
 THE DISCUSSION 41 
 
 Force. — Many a speech, otherwise excellent, fails 
 to convince because it lacks the forceful qualities 
 which are requisite to impress and hold the minds 
 of the auditors. Psychology teaches that attention 
 travels in waves, not in straight lines, and the 
 speaker must plan to ride the crest of each wave. 
 This means that there must be light and shade in 
 the matter of emphasis, on both material and de- 
 livery. Striking phrases and illustrations, varied 
 sentence-structure, questions asked and answered, 
 will all contribute to forcefulness. Let the speech 
 be a vigorous expression of personality; the various 
 devices will then fall into almost unconscious em- 
 plo3^ment. 
 
 Woodrow Wilson's speech, "The Bible and Prog- 
 ress" {page 163) is an excellent example of the 
 forceful treatment of a familiar theme. 
 
 Elegance. — Elegance of diction distinguishes the 
 great from the mediocre orator, and while the non- 
 professional speaker may have little use for the 
 oratorical style, he should recognize that distinction 
 in speech is an advantage worth striving for. Gram- 
 mar and pronunciation should be above reproach, 
 and a careful study of the principles of rhetoric will 
 repay the average speaker many times over. 
 
 George E. Vincent's "Inuagural Address" {page 
 197) and Nicholas Murray Butler's "The Univer- 
 sity is a Democracy" (page 193) are illustrative of 
 the distinction conferred by elegance in style and 
 diction.
 
 43 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 Appeal. — Finally, the speech must be interesting 
 to the very people for whom it is intended. It must 
 appeal to them, to their reason, sentiments, under- 
 standing, or humor. To give it this factor of per- 
 sonal interest the speaker must connect the ideas he 
 seeks to establish with things already known and 
 accepted by the audience. In every mind there is 
 a wealth of knowledge gathered from previous ex- 
 periences — facts, impressions, sensations, and opin- 
 ions. These are materials to hand for the speaker. 
 If he is clever enough to select his illustrations and 
 evidence from the things already accepted, his 
 speech will appeal to the listeners in a way that 
 will go far toward success.
 
 Chapter VI 
 
 PERSONALITY 
 
 Winning Personality. — A winning personality is 
 the open sesame to the good will of an audience. 
 The speaker who, like William Jennings Bryan, 
 steps before his auditors with a commanding pres- 
 ence, greeting them with a genial smile and includ- 
 ing every one present in a sympathetic glance, has 
 half won his battle before beginning to speak. The 
 audience warms towards such a man and settles 
 back comfortably, confident that they will like him, 
 and be interested in what he has to say. Such per- 
 sonality in its highest type is l^orn in the man ; what 
 the audience gets is merely the outward reflection 
 of the nature and disposition of the speaker who 
 stands before them. 
 
 Cultivating Personality. — Those less fortunately 
 gifted can successfully cultivate a pleasing presence 
 by observing in others the qualities which produce 
 a pleasing effect and by criticizing themselves for 
 any deficiency in this respect. Study, analyze the 
 effect that distinguished speakers have upon you, 
 and ascertain what qualities contribute to it. 
 
 Geniality. — Foremost among the elements of a 
 winning personality is that overflowing of good 
 
 43
 
 44 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 nature- and good humor which we term geniality. 
 The speaker should like his audience. He should 
 desire to be friends with them and to carry them 
 with him amicably. The old saying that like begets 
 like is very true of the correspondence in feeling 
 between speaker and audience. 
 
 Dignity. — In cultivating geniality, the good taste 
 of the speaker must warn him not to overstep the 
 bounds of self-respect. He must present a dignified 
 bearing. Any cheapness, vulgarity, or servility ; any 
 conscious playing down to the audience will in- 
 evitably displease them and react unfavorably upon 
 the speaker. 
 
 Earnestness. — Earnestness must be the guarantee 
 that the speaker is not talking against time. Ear- 
 nestness should comprise about equal parts of sin- 
 cerity and enthusiasm. The speaker who is enthu- 
 siastic in his convictions will be earnest in his bear- 
 ing. Earnestness is his tribute to the sincerity of 
 the audience. Flippancy, familiarity, and super- 
 ficiality are to be avoided when the occasion is 
 serious. 
 
 Originality. — This, above all, "to thine own self 
 be true." We do not go to hear speakers with the 
 same motive with which we turn to our encyclo- 
 pedias, to find out the recorded knowledge of the 
 matter in hand. What we seek is the speaker's 
 own mind and belief and knowledge, and the re- 
 action of his personality on the subject. Serious 
 and thorough thinking upon the topic under dis-
 
 PERSONALITY 45 
 
 cussion will give the speaker a poise and power 
 that will be quickh^ sensed by the audience. The 
 attention quickens involuntarily when challenged 
 by a personality exhibiting both authority and 
 originality. 
 
 Mental Bearing. — Without dilating upon the rela- 
 tions existing between physical attitude and mental 
 bearing, we may say that both should exhibit the 
 four qualities that contribute to the winning person- 
 ality: Geniality, dignity, earnestness, and original- 
 ity. All four should be reflected alike in the 
 speaker's mind, manner, and method. 
 
 Delivery. — The manner of delivery of any form of 
 public discourse is appropriately determined by its 
 style. Oratory and Argumentation have special re- 
 quirements which cannot be considered under the 
 head of Extemporaneous Speaking. The distin- 
 guishing features of the extempore speech should be 
 simplicity, spontaneit3% and directness, from which 
 it follows that the delivery of the speech should 
 exhibit much of the freedom of dignified and serious 
 conversation. The occasion itself will exercise a 
 controlling influence on the delivery. Most non- 
 professional speakers err on the side of undue for- 
 mality in their occasional efforts. Not being accus- 
 tomed to facing an audience and reading its moods, 
 but impressed by the necessity of a serious effort, 
 their style is often stilted and clogged with bookish 
 phrases acquired from ill-digested reading. 
 
 Speak clearly, correctly, and confidently; articu-
 
 46 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 late distinctly, that you may be heard; and for the 
 rest, remember that you are talking to each member 
 of your audience personally and directly, and that 
 it is necessary that each one shall hear and under- 
 stand you. 
 
 Indistinctness, nasality, unpleasant mannerisms, 
 and colloquialisms are to be avoided. The conver- 
 sational tone does not excuse carelessness in diction, 
 nor in pronunciation or rhetoric. 
 
 Gestures should be used without hesitation when- 
 ever the inclination to gesture arises spontaneously 
 from the earnestness of the speaker or the demands 
 of his speech. Studied or conscious effect in gesture 
 has, however, little excuse in informal speaking.
 
 Chapter VII 
 AFTER-DINNER SPEAKING 
 
 The After-Dinner Speech. — With the exception 
 of pulpit oratory, the after-dinner speech is prob- 
 ably the most widely practiced form of public 
 speaking in America. Organizations of every de- 
 scription — social, political, commercial, fraternal, 
 and literary — all have adopted the banquet with its 
 attendant speech-making as an annual function. 
 Dinners are constantly being given in honor of 
 some person or event, not to mention the countless 
 private functions at which informal speaking plays 
 an important part. 
 
 Qualities of the Toast. — The prevalent miscon- 
 ception that the after-dinner speech must be humor- 
 ous is responsible for many failures. The essential 
 quality of after-dinner oratory is felicity. It is a 
 time of good cheer and good fellowship. For the 
 time being, at least, all who sit at the table are 
 friendly, and persons having antagonistic opinions 
 should refrain from discussing them. Subjects to 
 be avoided are scientific and philosophical themes 
 which require concentrated attention, but this does 
 not mean that the speaker must turn entirely from 
 serious questions and attempt the role of humorist. 
 
 47
 
 48 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 The speech should be agreeable, both in its matter 
 and manner of presentation. To be agreeable, how- 
 ever, it is not necessary to be humorous; to lack 
 humor is not necessarily to be dull. Woodrow 
 Wilson's speech at the Jackson Day Dinner {page 
 227) is an excellent example of a felicitous after- 
 dinner speech. It was widely discussed at the time. 
 
 Choosing the Theme. — A wide range of topics is 
 open to the after-dinner speaker. He is under no 
 compulsion to search for a theme upon which he 
 believes all persons present will agree, or one which 
 is so new that they will have no opinion on it. An 
 audience always respects a speaker who frankly 
 differs from them, who states both sides fairly, and 
 candidly sets forth his own contentions. There is 
 no better source of after-dinner topics than local or 
 general issues of present interest. 
 
 Preparation. — The subject chosen, the speaker 
 must give himself to careful preparation. Though 
 he may be asked to make only "a few informal re- 
 marks," he should, nevertheless, be thoroughly 
 ready. The informal remarks which are most appre- 
 ciated are those which are formally prepared. The 
 speaker who trusts to the inspiration of the moment 
 for something to say is likely to disappoint both 
 himself and his audience. No one is justified in 
 taking the time of the audience unless he knows 
 what he is to say and how he will say it. The hints 
 given in an earlier chapter regarding the methods 
 of preparing a speech are applicable to after-dinner
 
 AFTER-DINNER SPEAKING 49 
 
 speaking. But whether the method be memoriter 
 or extemporaneous, or a combination of both, the 
 preparation should be thorough, the more especially 
 if the extemporaneous method is chosen. 
 
 What Lowell said of writing, "the art consists in 
 knowing what to leave in the inkpot," is equally- 
 true of speaking. The requirements of after-dinner 
 speaking make especially important the art of know- 
 ing what to leave unsaid. The audience is not in a 
 critical mood. It will applaud almost any senti- 
 ment, and gives the noisiest approval to that which 
 is jolliest or most entertaining. After-dinner ap- 
 proval, however, is not always confirmed by the 
 judgment of the next morning. 
 
 Many after-dinner speeches outlast the patience 
 of the audience. Speeches of five to ten minutes 
 should prevail. It is said that the secret of Senator 
 Hoar's perennial popularity at the Harvard Phi 
 Beta Kappa dinner was that his speeches contained 
 one general idea clearly stated, and one fresh story 
 well told. 
 
 Stories. — The after-dinner speech should contain 
 more stories than other forms of speech, but the 
 stories should be fresh and authentic. Nothing is 
 more wearisome than the stale story, and to tell an 
 old yarn as a personal experience is not only bad 
 ethics, but is likely to repel rather than amuse the 
 audience. 
 
 Delivery. — As previously noted, the after-dinner 
 speaker must not only have agreeable matter, but
 
 50 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 he must add an agreeable manner. The speaker is 
 usually the guest of the company, and to his host 
 he will be gracious. At the beginning he may say 
 some words of cordial greeting, or counter the pleas- 
 antry of the toastmaster, always remembering that 
 sincerity is the requisite in all true compliment, and 
 that fulsome praise is worse than none at all. Such 
 a beginning not only serves the amenities, but 
 accords with the simple, direct manner of speaking 
 which is one of the charms of after-dinner oratory. 
 Whatever makes the speech seem informal adds 
 much to its effectiveness. 
 
 If the Athenian orators dreaded to mispronounce 
 a word for fear they would be hissed by the people, 
 the American orators should eschew slovenliness. 
 It is fitting that with the beautiful decorations, the 
 sumptuous menu, and perfection of service which 
 characterize our dinners, there should be felicity of 
 speech. In after-dinner speaking, fittingness is ef- 
 fectiveness. Elegance of speech is always charm- 
 ing, but at a banquet it is particularly so. 
 
 Entertainment as an End. — There are certain gen- 
 eral principles which are helpful in making speeches 
 interesting, although entertainment may not be the 
 chief desideratum. The importance of making every 
 speech interesting so as to insure its appeal to the 
 audience has been touched upon in a previous 
 chapter. The speaker who feels that his speech 
 may fail to interest will do well to ask himself the 
 following questions: Is it vital? Does it contain
 
 AFTER-DINNER SPEAKING r,i 
 
 elements of surprise and suspense? Are the illus- 
 trations well chosen? 
 
 Vitality. — A speecfi will be vital if it appeals to 
 those fundamental motives that underlie all human 
 character : love of family, of home, of country ; self- 
 preservation ; gain or ambition ; or, if it treats of 
 courage, ability, unselfishness, or any of the qualities 
 which men like to fancy are exemplified in them- 
 selves. A direct personal style and specific rather 
 than general language go far toward giving the 
 spoken word that vitality which penetrates the 
 hearer's mind with the force of a special message. 
 
 Surprise and Suspense. — The elements of surprise 
 and suspense are the fundamentals of humor. It is 
 the unexpected word or the unusual situation in 
 infinite combination or variation that sets us off 
 into peals of laughter. It is uncertainty of the out- 
 come that holds us breathless through the well- 
 written short story. Conflict wins attention. When 
 the speaker turns to narration for purposes of illus- 
 tration he should remember that suspense is the 
 quality most essential to efifectiveness, and if he is 
 Avorking for a humorous climax, that it must come 
 as a surprise. 
 
 Illustrations. — Illustrations, whether humorous or 
 merely illuminative, should receive careful attention, 
 to the end that they may really illustrate. There is 
 such a wealth of material at the command of an 
 observant person that there is little excuse for the 
 obvious "chestnuts" or anything offensive to good
 
 52 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 taste. Half of the story is in the telling, a gift to 
 which some are born. Everyone, however, should 
 be able to tell a good story creditably. Many of the 
 failures are due to lack of preparation, to the omis- 
 sion or misplacing of some important word, to lack 
 of pause or emphasis, or poor judgment in selecting 
 and arranging the points. Know your story, prac- 
 tice it until the pauses and inflections come as natu- 
 rally as the words, and tell it directly to some person 
 in the audience.
 
 Chapter VIII 
 SPEAKING IN BUSINESS 
 
 Its Uses. — Elsewhere in this book is offered some 
 testimony regarding the opportunities for efficient 
 speakers in the business field, and the possibilities 
 of leadership that are opened to the man who can 
 influence his fellows. Both for employer and em- 
 ployee is the power of speaking effectively a busi- 
 ness asset of great importance. Examine a few of 
 the problems which occur regularly in the day's 
 work, such as : 
 
 1. Settling disputes between employer and em- 
 
 ployees ; 
 
 2. Getting better results or fairer treatment; 
 
 3. Hiring; 
 
 4. Selling goods or services; 
 
 5. Presenting reports or plans. 
 
 In every one of these instances the ability of the 
 speaker to influence the other party and carry his 
 point should result in direct monetary return in 
 addition to the increased mental power which re- 
 sults from each demonstration of efficiency. Since 
 practically all business relations are those of buying 
 and selling or exchange, the problem becomes how 
 
 53
 
 54 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 to influence men to give up something they pos- 
 sess in return for whatever you have to give them. 
 
 Two Methods. — Business men recognize and em- 
 ploy, sometimes separately but often in combina- 
 tion, two methods of influencing men. The first is 
 Reason ; the second is Suggestion. Salesmanship 
 and Advertising rest alike on these two principles. 
 Both have their adherents and constitute studies in 
 themselves. 
 
 The method of Reason involves an appeal to the 
 hearer's judgment by means of arguments designed 
 to impress upon him the advantages which will 
 accrue from accepting the speaker's proposition. 
 The person to be influenced is encouraged to weigh 
 and to compare, to balance, the various courses 
 open to him, and the success of the plea depends 
 upon the speaker's arguments being so convincing 
 as to outweigh in the hearer's judgment the alter- 
 native propositions. 
 
 On the other hand, the method of Suggestion 
 avoids rousing the judgment to action, and appeals 
 directly to the will, from which it hopes to secure 
 an immediate response. 
 
 Both methods have many advocates in the busi- 
 ness world, but the use of one in no way precludes 
 the use of the other, and a skilful blending of the 
 two may frequently be used successfully when 
 either would have failed alone. 
 
 Walter Dill Scott, in his book, "Influencing Men 
 in Business," makes the following analysis of the 
 comparative value of the two methods :
 
 SPEAKING IN BUSINESS 55 
 
 "Argument is to be preferred — 
 
 1. When exploiting any new thing; 
 
 2. When exploiting anything having unusual talk- 
 
 ing points (cheapness, novelty, economy, 
 etc.) ; 
 
 3. When it is the exclusive form of persuasion ; 
 
 4. In influencing professional buyers; 
 
 5. As an efiFective form of flattery. 
 
 "Suggestion is preferred — 
 
 1. When inadequate time is given for arguments; 
 
 2. In securing action following conviction ; 
 
 3. As a supplementary method of convincing; 
 ■i. In dealing with the general public ; 
 
 5. In securing immediate action." 
 
 Examples. — One has only to turn to the columns 
 of our periodicals to find abundant illustration of 
 the two methods in advertising. "Use Pears' Soap," 
 "Ivory Soap— It Floats," and Gold Medal Flour's 
 "Eventually; why not now?" are familiar types of 
 the suggestive method that have been enormously 
 profitable. The Angelus, and Colgate's toilet ar- 
 ticles are usually advertised under the "reason why" 
 method, as are usually motor cars exploiting ex- 
 clusive devices. But while we find in advertising 
 and salesmanship our most striking examples of 
 these methods, they are none the less applicable to 
 all other business problems where influencing men 
 is the desideratum, and a few suggestions can be 
 ofi^ered concerning their effective employment.
 
 56 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 Effective Arguments. — The attitude of a business 
 man toward a new proposition of any kind may be 
 illustrated by six questions, upon which in some 
 variation he must satisfy his mind before he will 
 accept it. 
 
 1. What is it? What are its special merits? How 
 
 does it differ from what I have already 
 adopted? 
 
 2. Is it profitable? Will it yield a definite money 
 
 return through saving of labor or material, 
 increased output, advertising value, etc.? 
 
 3. Is it possible? Can I make practical use of it? 
 
 4. Will it gratify me personally? Will it add to 
 
 my comfort, luxury, or advance my ambition? 
 
 5. Is there an alternative more desirable or 
 
 cheaper? 
 
 6. Shall I decide favorably now, or wait a while 
 
 and investigate further? 
 
 Upon the complete and authoritative answering 
 of these queries the solicitor must base his hope of 
 making the deal. He is appealing to the judgment 
 of the other party, and must supply it with com- 
 plete data for arriving at a decision. His argu- 
 ments will therefore be so chosen as to furnish the 
 most convincing evidence along these lines. Mere 
 assertion will not suffice. 
 
 Effective Suggestion. — Dr. Scott, in the book al- 
 ready quoted, holds "that the working of suggestion 
 is dependent upon the dynamic, impulsive nature of 
 ideas" ; that if a clear idea can be given a man it will
 
 SPEAKING IN BUSINESS 57 
 
 result in action unless the way is blocked by some 
 stronger concept. The suggestion must be vivid 
 and striking. It must give the effect of the poster 
 in speech. It must be made with authority. The 
 two kinds of authority to which men are the most 
 suceptible are the say-so of friends and the con- 
 sensus of public opinion. In making use of sugges- 
 tion, the hearer must be approached in a friendly, 
 genial spirit, not aggressively or patronizingly ; and 
 if the testimony of popular approval can be brought 
 to bear it should be taken full advantage of. We 
 constantly meet with the phrase in advertising: 
 
 "Thousands of satisfied customers use Blank's ; 
 
 why not you?" The same principle can be used in 
 speech. 
 
 As previously stated, since suggestion appeals 
 directly to the will, anything tending to invite com- 
 parison with alternatives and to involve the more 
 protracted processes of reason should be excluded. 
 It deals with effects, not causes. In selling food- 
 stuffs by this method, the agent will endeavor to 
 stir the pleasurable sensations of a pleased palate 
 rather than dilate upon food values or economy. 
 The distinctive feature of the suggestive method is 
 that it deals with concrete pictures rather than 
 reasons why. 
 
 Study the Audience. — In an earlier chapter has 
 been emphasized the importance of untiring study 
 in acquiring the art of reading human nature 
 quickly. To no one is this more essential than to 
 the man whose livelihood depends upon his ability
 
 58 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 to influence men in business. Individuals and 
 groups differ greatly in the degree to which they 
 respond to reason and suggestion. If the speaker 
 can read his audience, whether it be one or a hun- 
 dred persons, he can judge which arguments are 
 likely to prove most effective. Some men are ex- 
 tremely responsive to suggestion : others rarely act 
 unless impelled by reason. These differences can 
 be quickly turned to advantage by the man who is 
 skilled in recognizing them. 
 
 The relation of psychology and efficient speaking 
 to the successful conduct of business affairs is be- 
 coming generally recognized, and offers an inter- 
 esting and profitable field for experimental work.
 
 PART n 
 
 SPEECHES FOR STUDY 
 
 THE ETHICS OF CORPORATE MANAGE- 
 MENT 
 
 CHARLES W. ELIOT 
 
 Parts of an address by Charles W. Eliot, L.L. D.. at the 
 fifty-sixth regular meeting of the Merchants Club of Chicago, 
 March lo, 1906. 
 
 That this Merchants Club should ask one whose 
 occupations have been teaching science for fifteen 
 years and educational administration for thirty- 
 seven years to address the club on the ethics of 
 corporation management is an interesting manifes- 
 tation of the prodigious change which has come 
 about in the course of four or five centuries — grad- 
 ually until recent times, but rapidly during the last 
 half century — in regard to the responsibility of dif- 
 ferent classes of men for the maintenance and diffu- 
 sion of sound ethical standards. A thousand years 
 ago the idea of sanctity and competency for ethical 
 teaching involved seclusion from the world. The 
 saint was an anchorite, a monk, or a nun. In fact, 
 if we go back not more than a hundred years, the 
 minister or priest was preeminently the teacher of 
 ethics; so that it was the business of a profession 
 
 59
 
 60 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 set apart from secular affairs to uphold in the world 
 the standards not only of religion but of natural 
 piety and public righteousness. How different is 
 the situation to-day! You and I, and all the people 
 in this country Avhom we may be said to represent 
 or typify, are fully persuaded that the most effective 
 teachers of ethics to-day are the righteous men who 
 are active in all the secular affairs of the world — 
 that is, in farming, manufacturing, mining, trade, 
 the professions, and politics. These are the men 
 who, being righteous, can best influence the people 
 to piety, justice, and righteousness. These are the 
 men who, being themselves unrighteous, may drag 
 the people down towards depravity and sin. The 
 recluse, and the religionist who separates religion 
 from conduct, are losing their hold on civilized 
 man ; and the only ethics that command respect are 
 the ethics that guide and control men in the in- 
 tensest labors and struggles of the actual world. 
 
 It is no wonder that the ethics of corporation 
 management are in some respects indeterminate, 
 and therefore an urgent subject of public discussion ; 
 for the invention of the business corporation itself 
 is hardly more than fifty years old, and this new 
 creation deals with forms of property which are 
 highly novel. Indeed, all the actual forms of prop- 
 erty except real estate, mortgages, promissory notes, 
 chattels, and coin, are novel. It is hard for our 
 generation to keep in mind how very new are most 
 of the actual forms of property and all the present
 
 CORPORATE MANAGEMENT 61 
 
 modes of doing business. All the implements and 
 methods of modern industry, with corporation 
 stocks and bonds, the universal cheque and cheque- 
 stub, and card catalogues and ledgers beside, have 
 been created within the memory of many men here 
 present. Is it any wonder that the ethics of modern 
 business are not yet firmly settled? The ethical 
 conventions gradually agreed upon during centuries 
 concerning transactions in the ancient forms of 
 property have had to be extended and adapted to 
 immense new forms of property and new processes 
 ©f production and distribution. In making these 
 extensions and adaptations, legislatures and courts 
 are in arrears; they have not been able to keep up 
 with the onward rush of eager and adventurous 
 business, particularly in this country, where in- 
 dustrial and commercial enterprise is stimulated by 
 a political and social freedom heretofore unknown. 
 
 I. Capitalization. — There are usually two founda- 
 tions for the capitalization of a business corporation. 
 The first is the money actually paid for the property 
 or plant; the second is the earning power of the 
 plant and the organization. Both these foundations 
 may be real and solid at any given moment, but 
 both are liable to grave changes. Most plants de- 
 teriorate or waste, and constantly require partial 
 replacement. Earning power may be unexpectedly 
 either increased or diminished by natural causes, or 
 
 by bad management or fraud Most 
 
 energetic corporations often need new capital. Im-
 
 62 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 provements of the plant and means to meet new- 
 needs are often so urgently demanded that the ques- 
 tion how to obtain them may fairly be called a ques- 
 tion of life and death for the industry or corpora- 
 tion concerned. One of the open secrets of Ameri- 
 can efficiency in manufacturing is the courage and 
 enterprise with which the American manufacturer 
 will throw away his old machinery in favor of 
 better. With every such rejection capital is sacri- 
 ficed. The hard-earned savings, it may be, of many 
 years are suddenh' thrown away, and instead new 
 capital must be sought. The principles underlying 
 capitalization are therefore of continuous interest in 
 most industries. 
 
 At any stage of any corporate business the ques- 
 tions of capitalization and over-capitalization may 
 come up ; and if new capital is sought at a period 
 when industries are active and the public is san- 
 guine, directors or managers will be tempted to 
 over-capitalization. For a corporation doing a 
 strictly private business, subject to competition, and 
 possessing no privileges conferred by the public, 
 over-capitalization in the form of over-issues of 
 bonds and stock is largely a question of the most 
 profitable use of the stock market in raising money, 
 provided that the real earning power of the property 
 can be got at by inquiring investors. Secrecy as 
 regards earning power may give opportunities for 
 deception and subsequent disaster; but, if the whole 
 situation be above board, directors and investors 
 may be safely left to their own devices and bargain-
 
 CORPORATE MANAGEMENT G3 
 
 ings, since no question of public morality is 
 involved. 
 
 There are two aspects of over-capitalization which 
 demand the attention of the public. In the first 
 place, the several States of the Union have power to 
 prevent the issue of stock not fully paid for if they 
 see fit to exercise that power. As a fact, legislation 
 on this subject is not uniform; and the States really 
 compete with each other for the taxes which may 
 l)e derived from corporations established within 
 their respective borders. The looser States com- 
 pete with the stricter by making their laws as little 
 restrictive for the corporations as possible, and 
 leaving the investing public to take care of itself. 
 This demoralizing competition is, to say the least, 
 an abandonment by some States of their true posi- 
 tion as moral teachers. Secondl}', over-capitaliza- 
 tion is an evil because of its effect on the state of 
 mind of wage-earners. Reasonable wage-earners 
 are content to have ingenuity, skill, and knowledge 
 in discovering resources, and organizing industries 
 reap a considerable immediate reward in the case 
 of new undertakings ; because they realize that the 
 laboring classes, in common with the entire com- 
 munity, reap advantages from all successful indus- 
 trial undertakings. But they are never willing that 
 established industries should issue either bonds or 
 stock which are not fully paid for; because they 
 believe that the wage-earners can in that way be 
 compelled for all time to earn not only their own 
 wages, but dividends on a stock, part of which rep-
 
 64 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 resents neither money invested nor any contribution 
 of human skill and labor. The alleged over-capi- 
 talization of a large proportion of American in- 
 dustries managed by corporations is one of the main 
 causes of the existing industrial unrest. This in- 
 evitable state of feeling is a fact which is to be 
 taken into account in dealing with the whole ques- 
 tion of expedient and righteous capitalization ; be- 
 cause it intensifies the conflict between capital and 
 labor 
 
 II. Promotion. — The methods used in what is 
 called promotion give rise to a large part of the 
 current criticism on corporation management. Far- 
 sighted men, who know and apply intelligent 
 methods of determining the value of new resources 
 in mines, forests, transportation, and trade, and 
 who have also high business credit and access to 
 concentrations of movable capital, seeing a chance 
 to combine several companies, or to build up a new 
 company, or to undertake the development of some 
 new natural resource, make a plan to carry out the 
 new undertaking, and offer on the market bonds, 
 preferred stock, and common stock — often in blocks 
 which contain all three sorts of securities. The sum 
 of the paper securities often largely exceeds the 
 actual cost in money or goods of the real properties 
 Avhich underlie the undertaking. This excess repre- 
 sents the hoped-for reward for skill in the discovery 
 of new resources, for the risks — sometimes light, 
 but often heavy — which accompany the new under- 
 taking, and for the credit which is the indispensable
 
 CORPORATE MANAGEMENT G5 
 
 ground of success in the market. If the advantages 
 of the plan are obvious and the risks are conse- 
 quently light, an ordinary commission on the trans- 
 actions may be an adequate reward for the promo- 
 tion ; but if the adventure is obviously a risky one, 
 it is just that a large reward should tempt pro- 
 moters to take the risk Two ethical 
 
 principles ought, however, to govern all promoting 
 schemes. In the first place, all representations con- 
 cerning the immediate or future value of the bonds 
 and stocks issued should be absolutely true as re- 
 gards the facts stated, and moderate and reasonable 
 as regards the prospects of future profit. Secondly, 
 if years are going to be needed to develop the new 
 enterprise, the promoters have no right to abandon 
 the undertaking so soon as they have sold enough 
 bonds and stock to give them an immediate return 
 in commissions and rake-offs The con- 
 scientious promoter will not quit the enterprise he 
 has promoted until it is thoroughly on its feet, and 
 all men can see its results and its unquestionable 
 value. Large enterprises in manufacturing, mining, 
 and transportation cost a great deal beside money. 
 They call for imagination, courage, the power to 
 forecast events, the capacity to select efficient 
 agents, and credit in the money market. All these 
 elements of service are entitled to their reward. 
 The promoter, then, must in the first place tell the 
 truth ; and, secondly, he must stand by his under- 
 taking until real and visible value has been put into 
 all the securities he issues. As to the lying, cajoling
 
 66 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 promotion, which aims at getting the money of 
 inexperienced or foolish persons, it is merely one 
 form of the criminal offence of obtaining money on 
 false pretenses. It ought always to be prosecuted 
 by its victims and punished by the courts 
 
 III. Directors. — Although the state of the law as 
 to how far directors are trustees or fiduciary agents 
 is somewhat hazy, there is no doubt concerning 
 several principles which should govern the conduct 
 of directors and determine their selection. Thus, 
 all the directors of a corporation are under obliga- 
 tions to give their personal attention and vigilant 
 care to the business of the corporation. If damage 
 result from their lack of care or inattention to duty, 
 they are responsible for that damage. They are 
 responsible not only for wrong-doing of their own, 
 but also for inattention to the wrong-doing of 
 others, and for failure to act when action was 
 needed. Secondly, the directors of the corporation 
 cannot shift their responsibility on to sub-commit- 
 tees or officers and agents appointed by themselves, 
 or be in any way excused from exercising that dili- 
 gent supervision which a prudent man exercises in 
 the conduct of his own affairs. It follows from this 
 principle that the directors in any business corpo^ 
 ration ought to be men who understand the busi- 
 ness of that corporation and have time to attend to 
 it. Because directors should be experts in one busi- 
 ness, corporations which do several kinds of busi- 
 ness are g:enerallv to be distrusted 
 
 Dummy directors and figure-head directors, whose
 
 CORPORATE MANAGEMENT 67 
 
 names appear in from twenty to seventy boards, are 
 not directors in any proper sense under the laws as 
 they now stand. They do not give a reasonable 
 amount of time to the service of the corporations in 
 which they figure, and obviously they cannot exer- 
 cise an}^ real control over the afifairs of the corpora- 
 tions they nominally direct. They have wrongfully 
 assumed a trust they have no power to execute. 
 
 Every director ought to have a pecuniary invest- 
 ment in his corporation which might fairly be sup- 
 posed to give him a considerable individual or per- 
 sonal interest in its success. He should not be 
 qualified for his directorship solely by the transfer 
 to him of the minimum amount of stock which the 
 law requires a director to hold, but should have a 
 real interest in the success of the corporation, al- 
 though his serviceableness may not be proportion- 
 ate to the amount of stock he holds 
 
 Directors are so far trustees that they may not 
 honorably sell the control of their corporation, 
 either for their own accouiit or for the account of a 
 limited number of stockholders, without providing 
 that each and every stockholder shall be allowed to 
 participate in the benefits of the sale. The rights of 
 all the stockholders should be guarded by their 
 trustees, the directors, no matter how troublesome 
 a small minority of stockholders may have made 
 themselves 
 
 IV. Publicity. — All laws which promote publicity 
 as to the management of corporations, by enforcing 
 the publication of clear accounts and intelligible
 
 68 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 statements of the condition of the corporation, help 
 toward the improvement of the ethics of corpora- 
 tion management. Three kinds of corporation, at 
 least, should be forced to publish at brief intervals 
 intelligible accounts which reveal the true state of 
 the plant, the bulk of the business, the proportion 
 of expenses to receipts, the salaries, and the gain or 
 loss— though not all of them for quite the same 
 reasons — investment and fiduciary concerns, like 
 banks, trust companies, savings banks, and insur- 
 ance companies ; public franchise companies in gen- 
 eral ; and all great corporations which appeal fre- 
 quently to the investing public. On the whole, 
 there has been of late years a wise tendency to leg- 
 islation which compels publication of the accounts 
 of corporations in which the public obviously have 
 an immediate and pressing concern; but there have 
 been occasional examples of laws expressly intended 
 to prevent public accounting, or to prevent directors 
 being called to account for their acts by stock- 
 holders or the public. Thus, the 49th section of the 
 general corporation law of New Jersey (1896) pro- 
 vides that, "Any corporation formed under this act 
 may purchase mines, manufactories or other prop- 
 erty necessary for its business, or the stock of any 
 company or companies owning, mining, manufactur- 
 ing or producing materials, or other property necs- 
 sary for its business, and issue stock to the amount 
 of the value thereof in payment therefor, and the 
 stock so issued shall be full-paid stock and not 
 liable to any further call, neither shall the holder
 
 CORPORATE MANAGEMENT 69 
 
 thereof be liable for any further payment under any 
 of the provisions of this act ; and in the absence of 
 actual fraud in the transaction, the judgment of the 
 directors as to the value of the property purchased 
 shall be conclusive." This section enables any 
 board of directors, so disposed, to water their stock 
 simply by declaring that water or marsh is solid 
 ground. They have only to declare that the stock 
 issued against their purchases is full-paid. In gen- 
 eral, secret management and secret acts in im- 
 portant corporations have a pernicious tendency; 
 and particularly they tempt directors to malfeas- 
 ance, and excite in the public mind suspicions, 
 sometimes just and sometimes unjust, but always 
 injurious. Legislation which prevents publicity 
 is, of course, to be deprecated, in spite of 
 its occasional convenience. 
 
 In order that publicity concerning the manage- 
 ment of corporations should prove a remedy for old 
 abuses and a protection against new ones, there 
 must exist a strong public sentiment against the 
 professional and business men who assist corpora- 
 tions in their efforts to defeat laws intended for the 
 protection of the public, or to procure quietly modi- 
 fications of existing laws in the interest of corpora- 
 tions and against the interest of the public. It is 
 also important that a strong public sentiment should 
 be cultivated in support of public officials who 
 refuse to wink at the evasion by corporations of 
 statutes designed to promote the public good. The 
 foundation of the lielief that publicity will promote
 
 70 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 justice and honor in corporation management is the 
 conviction in the minds of directors, public officials, 
 the business community, and the press, that, on the 
 whole, the mass of the people will come out on the 
 side of righteousness. Publicity cannot prove a 
 remedy for abuses, old or new, unless the public, 
 before which the facts are to be brought, is a moral 
 public. The public opinion which will reform 
 abuses and suppress evils must itself be an honest 
 and strenuous public opinion. 
 
 V. Salaries. — A great abuse has of late years 
 grown up in corporations which do a large business, 
 or hold and use great properties — namely, the exag- 
 geration of salaries and perquisites. In the first 
 place, the acceptance of several salaries from dif- 
 ferent companies or corporations is always to be 
 distrusted, inasmuch as the underlying supposition 
 ought to be that a man owes all his time and 
 strength to the company which pays him an ade- 
 quate salary, and that his interest should not be 
 divided between different corporations or different 
 services. In the next place, multiple salaries are 
 injurious because they overpay the recipient. The 
 huge single salaries of recent times also overpay 
 their recipients. The excuse for them has been that 
 in conducting a large business the right man is 
 cheap at any price, and the wrong man dear at any 
 price. The fallacy of this argument is that the 
 exaggerated salary will not really get or keep the 
 best man — indeed, is not needed in order to get or 
 keep him
 
 CORPORATE MANAGEMENT 71 
 
 The first duty of a corporation towards its em- 
 ployees is to provide those external conditions 
 which w^ill promote health, cheerfulness, and vigor 
 in the working people. The efficiency of any 
 large body of workmen is greatly promoted by 
 healthy and cheerful surroundings. What is nowa- 
 days called welfare work is not a benevolence or 
 a charity ; it is simple economy, common sense, and 
 common humanity. It requires some small expendi- 
 ture on the part of a corporation ; but primarily it 
 requires considerateness and an intelligent compre- 
 hension of human nature. This consideration it is 
 the clear duty of every corporation to give. 
 
 Secondly, every corporation should endeavor to 
 secure for its workmen freedom for the play of 
 individual powers, and should keep before every 
 competent workman the hope and expectation of 
 improving his lot as time goes on. This means 
 that the workman should be free to work zealously ; 
 and it also means a scale of wages which rises with 
 the age of the workman up to middle life. 
 
 In the next place, every corporation should try 
 its best to procure for all its employees steady em- 
 ployment, thereby promoting satisfactory conditions 
 for family life, and securing a resident laboring 
 population instead of a nomad population. A nomad 
 population will not be a civilized population — 
 except, indeed, that youth may safely be permitted 
 a few years of wandering. 
 
 Again, every corporation should study the means 
 of prolonging the earning of wages beyond the
 
 n EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 period of greatest efficiency. Provision for men 
 who have passed their prime, but are still capable 
 of the less active forms of service, all corporations 
 will make that have quick consciences in regard to 
 their duties to employees, or intelligent comprehen- 
 sion of their own interests. Early superannuation 
 is a very depressing condition in any calling. 
 
 Further, a corporation whose business requires 
 the handling of its money by numerous agents 
 should provide all possible checks and guards 
 against dishonesty on the part of such employees. 
 A corporation that neglects such precautions will 
 train thieves, instead of honest men. That the 
 precautions may cost more than the thefts they 
 would prevent is no excuse for not providing them. 
 
 No corporation has a right to encourage or con- 
 nive at any monopoly of the kind of labor it buys; 
 because the corporation which yields to such a 
 monopoly abridges the just liberty of working men, 
 and liberty is an indispensable condition of public 
 and private happiness. It is another phase of the 
 same principle, that no corporation should seek, by 
 force or indirection, to establish a monopoly of its 
 own. 
 
 Justice and promptness in dealing with com- 
 plaints is another clear duty of corporations toward 
 their employees ; and so is generosity in rewarding 
 valuable suggestions made by employees concern- 
 ing the conduct of the business. The competent 
 discharge of these duties will go far to promote 
 good will between the employer and the employed ;
 
 CORPORATE MANAGEMENT 73 
 
 and a steady good will in work is the great pro- 
 moter of efficiency in production, and of satisfaction 
 in daily work. 
 
 The responsibility of corporations for the ethical 
 training of their employees grows heavier and 
 heavier in this country as corporations become 
 larger and an increasing proportion of the working 
 people of the country is found in the service of 
 corporations. In a nation which puts every young 
 man into its army or navy for two or three years, 
 the army and navy can be used as schools of obedi- 
 ence, neatness, politeness, fidelity, and loyalty. They 
 are so used in some measure by European nations, 
 though not adequately. In the United States the 
 industrial army must perform this function, instead 
 of a standing army and a navy ; and the armies of 
 industry are, on the whole, much better fitted for 
 this function than the public forces trained for the 
 savagery of war. Well-managed corporations can 
 provide admirable discipline in courtesy, neatness, 
 punctual cooperation and loyalty, if only they syste- 
 matically use judicious means for giving this ethical 
 training. To organize these means and use them 
 habitually require forethought, wisdom, firmness, 
 and good temper in corporate management ; and 
 these qualities in the managers should be sought 
 for and paid for. No corporate expenditure could 
 possibly be more productive, from the business 
 point of view, or more profitable towards the im- 
 provement of the national character. This is one of 
 the directions in which corporate management
 
 74 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 should be ethical; and no management is truly 
 ethical that does not make the employees better and 
 finer men and women. 
 
 Not long- ago, at a public dinner of the National 
 Civic Federation, at which much had been said 
 about the importance of industrial peace, I ventured 
 to say, near the close of the meeting, that our busi- 
 ness community certainly wanted peace between 
 capital and labor, but that it should be peace with 
 liberty. I remain of that opinion, believing that 
 liberty with troubled peace is better for both capital 
 and labor than untroubled peace without liberty. 
 How can both peace and liberty be attained? There 
 is only one way — through righteousness in the deal- 
 ings of man with man. Truces and armed neu- 
 tralities may be brought about by mutual fear, or 
 by the exhaustion of the combatants; but durable 
 peace comes only by justice or righteousness. When 
 one has been exploring long-time evils, and has 
 been trying to get down to the solid foundations 
 of human happiness, one is sure to find that some 
 old Hebrew writer has put the elemental philosophy 
 of the whole subject into a memorable phrase. The 
 ethics of corporation management will, indeed, have 
 been brought to a happy issue when, as the Psalmist 
 puts it, "Righteousness and peace have kissed each 
 other."
 
 THE PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS SUCCESS 
 
 HUGH CHALMERS 
 
 Extracts from an address by Hugh Chalmers, president of 
 the Chalmers Motor Car Co., before a company of business 
 men in Detroit, Mich. 
 
 The business man deals with five M's — money, 
 materials, machinery, men, and merchandise. It is 
 not so hard to get money, materials, and machinery. 
 Each of these is a given quantity and with each 
 and all of them a given result can be accomplished. 
 
 The big thing is to get men. 
 
 In the primitive days of manufacturing the great 
 question was one of production. The market was 
 ready, and we strived constantly for greater per- 
 fection. Nowadays the great question is one of 
 distribution, the getting of things from where they 
 are to where they ought to be. 
 
 The two great factors in distribution are sales- 
 manship and advertising. The relationship between 
 the two, in my opinion, is the closest relationship 
 it is possible to have. It is closer than the team 
 under a single yoke; it is closer than friends; it is 
 closer than brothers; yes, it is closer than the rela- 
 tion between man and wife, because there can never 
 be a separation or divorce. 
 
 75
 
 76 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 Advertising is salesmanship, and salesmanship 
 is advertising. Every ad. is a salesman, and every 
 salesman is an ad. There is this difference : Adver- 
 tising is salesmanship plus publicity; salesmanship 
 is advertising plus getting the order signed. Ad- 
 vertising creates the atmosphere of business, and 
 the salesman follows and takes the orders. 
 
 It is hard to analyze the successful salesman, 
 but, after all, the analysis gets down really to the 
 question of personality. 
 
 There are certain qualities I have been asked to 
 give here to-night which I believe we should have 
 in business to be successful. We are all salesmen ; 
 every man is trying to sell his own good qualities 
 to his fellow-citizens. That is why he puts on a 
 clean collar and a clean shirt and everything that 
 goes with it, because he wants to sell his good 
 qualities. 
 
 The first essential is to be healthy, to have health. 
 Most of us are paid for having good livers, but 
 unfortunately some have bad ones. There is nothing 
 helps a man so much as to take care of himself. 
 Most of us have injurious habits ; we smoke too 
 much, we eat too much, or we drink too much; we 
 are handicapped in that way. I know men with 
 good minds, but their bodies are not healthy, and 
 I would rather take my chances with a healthy 
 mind in a healthy body. 
 
 The next quality is honesty. I do not refer to it 
 in the baser sense, because a man is a fool nowa- 
 days unless he is absolutely honest. There is an
 
 BUSINESS SUCCESS 77 
 
 old maxim, "Honesty is the best policy." There is 
 nothing "best" about it ; honesty is the only policy. 
 Most men I have met have two arms, two legs, 
 two ej'es, two ears, a nose, and a mouth, and, con- 
 sidering their height, they weigh about the same. 
 What is the difference in men? Power, ability: 
 Some people may have that developed more than 
 others, but I say nine-tenths, 3^es, ninety-nine-hun- 
 dredths could develop ability. 
 
 I find just three kinds of men in this world : The 
 kind you tell once to do a thing, and you can bet 
 your life it is done. The second class you have to 
 tell four or five or a dozen times to do it because 
 they do not think. The third class is the great 
 class of men who have made this country what it 
 is — men with initiative ; men who do things, who do 
 things before you have a chance to tell them what 
 to do. We must do things quickly; we must have 
 initiative, and that is the greatest quality a man 
 can possess. I would rather have a man in my 
 employ who could do six out of ten things right 
 than a fellow who did four things right and never 
 did anything else. There is nothing wrong in mak- 
 ing a mistake ; the only wrong is in making the 
 same one twice. 
 
 Next to that I think a man ought to have a thor- 
 ough knowledge of his business. I was at a con- 
 vention in Berlin, Germany, of two hundred sales- 
 men. They did not understand anything I said and 
 I did not understand anything they said, and we got 
 along all right. There was a man there who had
 
 78 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 carried off the banner of four successive years, and 
 as we were distributing the prizes I said to him : 
 "Mr. Hoffman, will you tell the men why you have 
 been leader for four years in succession?" He could 
 not have given a better answer than he gave. He 
 said : "Gentlemen, I defy anybody in Germany to 
 ask a question about my business I cannot answer." 
 That was the secret of his success ; he knew his 
 business. 
 
 Another quality we need is tact. Tact ! What is 
 tact? That ability — although it is rare — that en- 
 ables one man to deal with other men of different 
 temperaments in the right way and get along with 
 all of them. Some people mistake tact for "jolly." 
 Tact is not so much what a man says, but how he 
 says it. You men who are writing letters to travel- 
 ing men and other people — those hot words you 
 dictate become cold type when received. A man 
 gets exactly what you say and reads it that way. 
 Let us be careful about the letters we write ; let us 
 develop this quality of tact. 
 
 The next thing we ought to have is industry; the 
 man you always find on the job, who does a good 
 day's work — but it is unnecessary to talk to western 
 men about work, because it is the western man who 
 occupies the highest positions in New York, Boston, 
 and other eastern centers, for if you will investigate 
 you will find western men in seven-tenths of those 
 positions, because they were taught to work in the 
 west, and they carried that quality with them to the 
 east.
 
 BUSINESS SUCCESS 79 
 
 Now, then, sincerity is a quality we ought to 
 possess. Next to being honest and able, we ought 
 to be sincere men. Sincerity is that quality which 
 not only makes friends, but holds them. A man 
 cannot be insincere without injury to himself. 
 \\'hether you are talking to one man or a thousand, 
 whether you are talking to me or to a customer, 
 you are throwing thoughts to his brain ; you can- 
 not see them, but they are tangible, and you can- 
 not throw insincere thoughts to the brain and not 
 have the brain catch insincere thoughts. No more 
 than I could throw this glass to you and you catch 
 a pitcher. It is not changed or transformed ; it 
 comes to you in the way it leaves me. So I say we 
 must perfect this quality of sincerity if we are to 
 attain success. You know men in whom you abso- 
 lutely believe because they are sincere. You say 
 you like a man you can believe in because he can 
 sell the goods. Insincerity has taken some orders, 
 but it has never held a job. 
 
 We should be willing to ask for and receive sug- 
 gestions. The man who knows it all is like the 
 fellow standing on the street with the fool-killer 
 waiting just around the corner. None of us know 
 it all. We might be up to date at 6 o'clock, but 
 unless we are up to date right now we don't know 
 it all. I have made it a rule to be willing to accept 
 suggestions, and I would as soon be stopped in 
 the hall by the janitor as by the general manager, 
 because the chances are ten to one that the janitor
 
 80 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 knows more about the business he wants to talk 
 about than the general manager. 
 
 In addition to all of these things mentioned, a 
 man must have enthusiasm. Unless he has enthu- 
 siasm he is a mere statue. Because enthusiasm is 
 the white heat that fuses all of these qualities into 
 one effective mass. I would not give a cent for a 
 man without enthusiasm. If a man has no enthu- 
 siasm he is no good. If you ever get enough money 
 so you could do so you don't want to retire. Men 
 who retire from business do not live as lone as 
 those who do not. What we want to do is to have 
 our business in such shape that we can get some 
 pleasure and play out of it as well as work. Let us 
 enjoy our work, and let us alternate business and 
 pleasure. We must keep up enthusiasm if we want 
 to keep out of a rut. The only difference between 
 a rut and a grave is in the width and the depth. 
 We graduate from one to the other.
 
 THE UNKNOWN QUANTITIES 
 
 M. T. FRISBIE 
 
 Excerpts from an address delivered before the Poor Richard 
 Club of Philadelphia, April 7, lyio, by M. T. Frisbie, adver- 
 tising manager L. C. Smith & Bros. Tj'pewriter Co., of Syra- 
 cuse, N. Y. 
 
 A Story is told of how Sir Walter Besant once 
 accepted an invitation to speak at a meeting in 
 London upon "The Secret of Success in Fiction 
 Writing-." Among the platform committee was 
 James Pavn, the canny Scotch storv writer and 
 critic. 
 
 Just as Sir Walter rose to his feet, prepared to 
 initiate his audience into all the mysteries of his 
 profession, he felt a tug at his coat tails. Looking 
 around, he beheld Payn, pale but determined. 
 
 "What is it. Jimmy?" he asked. 
 
 "For God's sake, Walter, you're not going to tell 
 them how we do it?" 
 
 Now, don't any of you go pulling at my coat 
 tails, for I'm not presumptuous enough to think 1 
 can unfold to you the hidden secret of success in 
 advertising 
 
 The Unknown Quantities in advertising, about 
 which I shall speak, would, if advertising were an 
 exact science, soon be resolved — through equation, 
 
 81
 
 82 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 proporiion, and elimination — into tangible, estimable 
 factors. 
 
 But advertising being, as yet, not a science — only 
 an art — we are obliged to cut and try, to feel our 
 way, to follow our intuitions, and then thank our 
 lucky stars, if, after spending the last dollar of our 
 hard-wrung appropriation, we find ourselves within 
 a thousand miles of the goal. 
 
 Some day, when the psychologists and the black- 
 smiths, the fifty-thousand dollar copy-men, and the 
 circulation-affidavit makers have all completed their 
 perfect work, there may be a "Science and Art of 
 Advertising" that can be mastered by the student 
 in college, or by the hard-working mechanic who 
 takes his dose of correspondence school, after he has 
 washed up, at home, evenings. 
 
 But don't worry, for what happens then will not 
 interest us. 
 
 One of the most important of these unknown 
 quantities, because it is vital to many of us adver- 
 tisers, is the value of our general publicity. 
 
 Now, in its application to a particular business, 
 can its actual worth be determined? Ability to 
 estimate this value accurately would be of untold 
 importance. Must it alwaj'-s go unmeasured — un- 
 reckoned ? 
 
 Within the past few months national advertisers 
 have been asked by magazine publishers for data 
 relative to the number of replies, under first-class 
 postage, received from advertisements in given
 
 THE UNKNOWN QUANTITIES 83 
 
 issues of their publications. Many were unable to 
 make a definite statement. 
 
 ^M^at is the value of your publicity advertising 
 in any given newspaper or magazine? Can you 
 answer ? 
 
 Yet, without some means of judging this value, 
 satisfactory at least to us, what warrant have you 
 and I to continue spending our firms' money for 
 such publicity? 
 
 We cannot even fall back on the theory that all 
 advertising, like whiskey, is good advertising, but 
 some is better, for we are painfully aware that not 
 all advertising is good, and some is worse. 
 
 Still we go on burning the midnight oil to pro- 
 duce our general publicity copy and blindly trust, 
 as Tennyson puts it : 
 
 "That, somehow, good 
 Will be the final goal of ill." 
 
 And in the faith that this confidence is not en- 
 tirely misplaced, we find great comfort and con- 
 solation. 
 
 A case in point. 
 
 When the Smith Brothers withdrew from the 
 Union Typewriter Company, built a factory and 
 produced a new high-grade writing machine in 
 record time — a record, by the way, that yet stands — 
 it became the duty of your speaker to break the 
 news to the public. 
 
 Now it is not to be supposed the dear public was 
 Iving awake o' nights in its anxietv to hear that a 
 promising youngster had been added to the type- 
 writer family. But this is what happened :
 
 84 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 A full page display, rather clumsily put together 
 (in fact, it got more than a page roast on the griddle 
 of Judicious Advertising), appeared in three 
 monthly magazines, of national importance, with 
 corresponding space in two national weeklies, 
 simply announcing the fact that L. C. Smith & 
 Bros, were now making typewriters, but couldn't, 
 as yet, fill orders at all rapidly. 
 
 And this item of general publicity was productive 
 of replies at a cost of less than seventy-five cents 
 apiece — a result that has not since been duplicated, 
 and probably never will be duplicated in the history 
 of the business. 
 
 This phenomenally low inquiry-cost was prob- 
 ably partially due to an information campaign, 
 which, by means of an extensive mailing-list, had 
 been conducted for several months prior to the 
 final announcement. The campaign consisted of a 
 series of news articles in Syracuse papers, often 
 illustrated by cuts showing the progress of work, 
 and designed to keep up public interest. 
 
 But these by themselves had not served to bring 
 the replies in such a flood. It was the publicity 
 announcement that turned the trick 
 
 Having settled the matter of mediums to the best 
 of our ability, there is one thing we can do to 
 increase the value of our General Publicity Adver- 
 tising, and that is to make it alive, instructive — 
 vitally instinct with the merits of our goods. 
 
 "Pears Soap." That was the original form of 
 pure publicity — just "Pears Soap" in big type and a
 
 THE UNKNOWN QUANTITIES 85 
 
 loud voice. "Have You Used Pears Soap?" came 
 next. That was better. But after a hundred years 
 of this conservative form of advertising we begin 
 
 occasionally to see "Use Pears Soap, because " 
 
 and that is the best of all. 
 
 For there is no good argument why pure pub- 
 licity copy should not also be reason-why copy — in 
 fact, the argument is all the other way, provided 
 the reason is so briefly set forth that he who runs 
 may read, and so pertinently that the quality or 
 peculiarity which constitutes the reason may be 
 identified in the mind's eye with the product itself. 
 "It floats" and "99r^ pure," from the Proctor & 
 Gamble copy, are examples 
 
 Another Unknown Quantity, with which we pur- 
 chasers of advertising space have almost daily to 
 deal, lies hidden in the claims which publishers 
 make or decline to make regarding circulation. 
 
 Those of you who buy space are familiar with 
 the two kinds of solicitors. One, who says, in a 
 confidential whisper: 
 
 "You know what these big circulation claims 
 amount to — figured before the newsdealers' 're- 
 turns' are in. But 'Canned Brains' isn't a news stand 
 publication. It has a gilt-edged subscription list 
 and goes paid-in-advance direct to the homes of 
 just the kind of people who can afiford to buy your 
 ." Well, I see you have heard the rest of it. 
 
 Then in comes the next solicitor with a swagger 
 and a copy of the "Big Noise" under his arm. 
 
 "How does that strike you?" he asks, in a voice
 
 8fi EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 that carries to the next block, "Red last month, 
 blue this, purple next. See it on the stand a block 
 away. More full pages of advertising than any 
 other one of the Big Six. Circulation gaining at 
 the rate of a thousand a day." 
 
 You are properly impressed, but venture to in- 
 quire w^hat the circulation is. 
 
 "Look at our rate. A dollar a page per thousand 
 copies actually printed and distributed — figure it 
 yourself." 
 
 Now, as this rate has consistenly held at, let us 
 say $500.00, year in and year out, in times of plenty 
 and through the lean years as well, and as that 
 seems to be the only consistent thing about it (no, 
 I am naming no names, and I don't mean the maga- 
 zine you think, anyway), you are inclined to wonder, 
 as between your whispering friend and your noisy 
 one, which, if either, is entitled to full credence. 
 
 Personally I am much inclined to be nearly as 
 gun-shy of both these classes of solicitors as I am 
 of one who says : 
 
 "We won't open our books to every Tom, Dick, 
 and Plarry, who use only an inch or so of our 
 space each month, but if you want any specific 
 information, our entire office is at your disposal." 
 
 Of course that sounds well, and is flattering to a 
 degree. But suppose you were in the small adver- 
 tiser's place. Wouldn't you, too, want to know what 
 you were buying with your money ? 
 
 What is the answer?
 
 THE UNKNOWN QUANTITIES 87 
 
 It is for advertisers to find out. 
 
 Does it lie in making all contracts with a rebate 
 clause ? A\'e got back a nice bunch of dollars from 
 Collier's last year because their circulation didn't 
 quite average up to the figure on which their adver- 
 tising rate was based. I don't know just how much 
 that policy cost Collier's, but when their solicitor 
 comes in he gets one of the cigars that I keep in the 
 far pigeon-hole. 
 
 Be not misled by circulation claims, but put your 
 trust in the vigorous character of the publication 
 that has a polic}' and stands for something — not 
 your policy, perhaps — but, nevertheless, an earnest 
 appeal to a living constituency. 
 
 And right along with this circulation problem 
 comes the allied problem of duplication 
 
 I have some doubt as to the advantage of dupli- 
 cation, particularly when uniform copy is used. 
 
 Of course its supporters will quote the proverb, 
 "A continual dropping wears away the stone," but 
 I can reply with the assertion by another author — 
 the foremost advertiser of his age and time — "A 
 continual dropping of a very rain}' day and a con- 
 tentious woman are alike." And who will say that 
 Solomon was not well qualified to make the com- 
 parison? 
 
 This subject is one that will bear looking into 
 by the advertiser who is obliged to make his appro- 
 priation last as long and go as far as possible. 
 
 Mahin's carefully computed tables give the total 
 number of families in the United States with an
 
 88 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 income of more than $900.00 a year as less than six 
 and a quarter millions. 
 
 With incomes of $1,200.00 a year and over, less 
 than four and a quarter million families. 
 
 With incomes of $3,000.00 and over, only 976,000 
 families. 
 
 Now, taking an expensive automobile proposi- 
 tion, for instance, the possible appeal must be posi- 
 tively limited to less than one million families with 
 only a small percentage of that number as probable 
 purchasers. 
 
 With million and half-million claimed circula- 
 tions, numerous as they are to-day, what must be 
 the waste in bird-shot of the automobile advertiser 
 who uses, let us say, one of the big weeklies with 
 its million more or less, four leading monthlies 
 (over a million), and enough of the smaller ones to 
 aggregate at least a million more? 
 
 Yet the automobile manufacturer prospers — and 
 so for a time under similar prodigality did the 
 bicycle manufacturer back in the nineties 
 
 The figures of the last census show in round num- 
 bers seventeen and one-half million families in the 
 United States. A circulation of one million means 
 one family in every seventeen. Subtract the day- 
 laborer, the negro, the foreign-speaking, and the 
 illiterate classes, and a million circulation means 
 reaching about one family in ten 
 
 But with the magazine reading public limited to 
 about ten million families and the combined circu- 
 lation of the standard and unstandard magazines
 
 THE UNKNOWN QUANTITIES 89 
 
 amounting to — whatever it may — tell me, if you can, 
 how the advertiser who uses "all the big ones" is 
 going to avoid a very serious problem in duplica- 
 tion. 
 
 I will give you the benefit of one of our own 
 experiences. Like many another valuable idea, we 
 stumbled upon it while in search of something else. 
 
 We were using vertical half-pages, on twelve- 
 time order, and getting outside lefthand position 
 (when we could), but felt we were not making as 
 much of a splash as we wanted to. All this oc- 
 curred at a time when there was little chance for 
 an increased appropriation. I asked in my good 
 friend. Harry Porter, of the Frank Presbrey Com- 
 pan3% for a conference, and we determined to use 
 three-fourths-page space, w^hich would give us more 
 room for display, and run the copy fewer times, 
 but alternatively, in the various publications, so 
 that we should still have a certain amount of repre- 
 sentation each month. 
 
 In "staggering" our list, we endeavored to ar- 
 range a schedule for the alternate appearances of 
 our copy with the least possible disadvantage. For 
 instance, Everybody's and Cosmopolitan were off- 
 set ; McClure's and American ; Collier's and Satur- 
 day Evening Post, and so on down the line. 
 
 Thus we turned to our advantage the inevitable 
 duplication of mediums of a certain class, slightly 
 enlarged our list, obtained greater space for dis- 
 play, and, though this may sound paradoxical, were 
 given reason to believe, both from inquiries re-
 
 90 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 ceived and general business done (our only means 
 of judging), that we had not failed to reach as 
 many interested readers as under the old plan when 
 our advertisement appeared every month in each 
 publication. 
 
 I know this sort of talk will be considered treason 
 by the publishers, but the facts are as I have 
 stated. It has been suggested to me that this 
 course might not be advisable for a concern just 
 beginning to advertise. That is possibly true, but 
 in our case the result seems to have been more ex- 
 tensive publicity and more efifective publicity at no 
 greater cost 
 
 The agency representative assures us that "the 
 big ones are the best pullers," and if our line was 
 one that appealed, like an article of diet, to all 
 humanity, we could not controvert his statement. 
 But when we ask him, "Shall we. then, select one 
 medium of mammoth circulation and expend our 
 entire appropriation in a series of two-page spreads 
 therein?" he hesitates. 
 
 Why? 
 
 Because he knows and realizes also that we 
 know the utter uselessness of attempting to in- 
 terest in typewriters in any way more than a 
 quarter of the readers of the big popular mediums, 
 and that consequently three-quarters of our appro- 
 priation would, in such a case, be spent in purchas- 
 ing at the highest rate publicity of a character which 
 could benefit us only by the most remote possibility. 
 
 What can we as advertisers do, then? We are
 
 THE UNKNOWN QUANTITIES 91 
 
 obliged to hedge, make additions to the list of a 
 bunch of purely class mediums, every one of whose 
 readers may be a possible purchaser. 
 
 From which do we get the greater returns in 
 proportion to the money spent? 
 
 It is possible that advertisers will be forced to 
 seek, and may perhaps find, their remedy in the use 
 of a judiciously selected list of class periodicals 
 of lesser circulation but more certain appeal to 
 probable users of their particular lines. 
 
 In what has been said I have endeavored merely 
 to state some of the difficult problems that con- 
 front us as advertising men. I will not presume to 
 offer a solution. But they are problems that each 
 of us must wrestle with in his own way and, out 
 of his own hard experience, establish a working 
 hypothesis that will suffice until advertising, as a 
 science, has made further progress.
 
 COMPARATIVE ADVERTISING METHODS- 
 EAST AND WEST 
 
 HUGH A. o'dONNELL 
 
 Excerpts from an address by Mr. Hugh A. O'Donnell, busi- 
 ness manager "The Philadelphia Press," delivered at the 
 Poor Richard Club House, Philadelphia, Thursday, March 
 3, 1910. 
 
 Whatever I have to say regarding the compara- 
 tive newspaper advertising values of the East and 
 West must naturally be the result of first impres- 
 sion, and I run the risk of being seriously inac- 
 curate. However, your city and people and news- 
 papers have proven exceedingly interesting to me 
 and the outsider's point of view may appeal to you 
 as clarifying if not informative. At any rate, it is 
 sincere 
 
 Advertising is both an art and a science, and it is 
 the art part that makes it an undefined science. 
 There is just as much personal element in adver- 
 tising as there is in salesmanship. Indeed, adver- 
 tising in the usual sense is nothing more than sales- 
 manship on paper addressed to a composite cus- 
 tomer. It is an individual proposition in its prin- 
 ciples, and that is why experience is its only teacher, 
 unless it happens to be an intuition like any other 
 talent. Nine-tenths of all talk on advertising is 
 
 93
 
 94 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 futile because it is necessarily so general it is not 
 applicable to more than one advertiser. We all 
 grant publicity is the key to commercial success, 
 but there are as m^any keys as there are successes, 
 and there is no passkey of publicity to it. Each 
 merchant must make his own, and he must keep 
 ever trying and making and changing until he has 
 made one that fits best his door to success. He 
 alone can tell Avhen he has done it, though he can't 
 be always certain as to just how he did it. It's the 
 trying that hurts and costs and teaches. 
 
 Contrary to the usual anal3^sis, there is undoubt- 
 edly more money wasted in advertising than in 
 any other investment, since it is the first and chief 
 item of expense in nearly all business promotions. 
 Under modern development there is expended on 
 advertising over $800,000,000 annually. It has made 
 the luxuries of yesterday the necessities of to-day. 
 Operating on well-established psychological laws, 
 it has become the great positive, creative force in 
 business. It makes men want things never before 
 deemed necessary to their happiness or content- 
 ment. And so it is, advertising that pays must at- 
 tract attention, then convince, then persuade, and 
 it is just that system of creating desire that has 
 made tAvo blades of grass grow in the business world 
 where only one grew before. There is no good in 
 unknown good. The man who knows most can 
 accomplish most. Advertising knowledge is mostly 
 a knowledge of people. All mediums of publicity 
 are merely the channels through which advertising
 
 ADVERTISING METHODS 95 
 
 flows. The message delivered is t!ie real advertis- 
 ing. And it must be applied to be other than 
 theory. "You can learn to make chemical analysis 
 from books and experiments ; you can measure the 
 distance to Jupiter and weigh the water in the 
 ocean by methematics ; but there is something about 
 folks which is beyond figures." It is the reaching 
 out of the human to the human. Sometimes it's 
 the little things that count. Colgate says his talcum 
 powder is so good it can't be improved. He, there- 
 fore, advertises the improved box. A railroad ad- 
 vertises that its passenger trains start and stop 
 without jar or jolt. All things equal, a small point 
 will turn trade. To tell these little things cost big 
 
 money, but it is worth it 
 
 It is the same kind of Avord of mouth advertising 
 backed by the usual printed statements that is the 
 acme of great publicity. One pleased customer will 
 tell ten and thus sales are perpetuated, business 
 built and trade-marks made worth millions. And 
 yet there is nothing cheaper than g'ood advertising. 
 Take, for instance, the circulation of a Philadelphia 
 paper. There are probably 50,000 out of 165,000 
 readers who can spend an average of $200 a year in 
 each of twenty-five stores in town. That means a 
 quarter of a billion dollars, and yet for $10 you can 
 buy fifty lines of space in that paper. That means 
 casting bread on the water and having it come back 
 buttered. You can chuck into fifty lines a message 
 of probably 200 words to 165,000 possible buyers. 
 That is a good many patrons to address, and in
 
 96 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 200 words, well chosen, much can be said to the 
 point. The whole story of the creation was told in 
 less than four times that many. 
 
 It is difficult to compare Chicago and Philadel- 
 phia in regard to newspapers. Conditions are so 
 different 
 
 There is nothing free in Chicago. The largest 
 user of display space pays just as promptly for the 
 smallest classified ad. as you do for the collar you 
 buy from the clothier after you have purchased a 
 suit of clothes from him. No one ever asks the 
 newspaper for a free reading notice out there. The 
 newspapers used to write-up State Street stores at 
 Christmas time, photographing the windows, etc., 
 but the merchants themselves asked to have it 
 stopped. While they admitted Marshall Field was 
 the leading mercantile house of the city, there was 
 alwa3'S a disagreement as to who was second. If 
 Mandels was named second, the others were dis- 
 pleased; and if Carson, Pirie, Scott was mentioned 
 second in order, Mandels felt slighted; and if any 
 cheap store was mentioned on the same page with 
 Charles A. Stevens & Bros, that exclusive house 
 became incensed. They all could be best pleased 
 by pleasing no single one. And that is good judg- 
 ment. The reporter sent out to review the store 
 openings in the spring will use the same adjective 
 superlative for the cheapest as well as the most 
 exclusive store, and as these articles are run side 
 by side it becomes ludicrous from the merchant's 
 standpoint, a prostitutional pander on the news-
 
 ADVERTISING METHODS 97 
 
 paper's part and an insult to the reader. Besides, 
 on the basis that business is business, why, for in- 
 stance, should a merchant think he should have 
 free at times what sells for, say $1.00 a line, simply 
 because he buys space at 20 cents a line? The 
 woman who buys a half-dollar's worth of cheap 
 candy doesn't expect a $2.00 box of bon-bons thrown 
 in because of the 50-cent cash purchase. And the 
 merchant who pays a higher rate than the minimum 
 because he doesn't buy enough space to earn the 
 lower rate surely has less right. I think the day 
 will come when an honest newspaper will refuse to 
 sell its news columns at any price on the same basis 
 as it protects its editorial integrity to-day. 
 
 And then as to position. There is a sort of fight 
 for the back page of the papers in Chicago, but that 
 is given on the basis of the quantity of space bought 
 any one day. It is a contest among the merchants 
 themselves, and one of them will use ten to twelve 
 columns in order to be sure of having seven of them 
 go on the back page. But no favor is asked of the 
 newspaper. Indeed, it is not easy to buy position, 
 as the newspaper justly argues that one position is 
 good as another in a fair medium, and it does not 
 wish to be hampered because of a few dollars in the 
 proper making of the schedule. A newspaper's first 
 duty is to its subscribers, and nothing should be 
 done even in the unbalanced arrangement of a paper 
 that might ofifend their sense of beauty. That the 
 l>ack page is valuable in an evening paper on the 
 supposition that it is mostly read on street cars
 
 98 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 will not bear analysis and certainly does not war- 
 rant the effort made to get it by the advertiser. This 
 is doubly true of morning papers, which go directly 
 into the homes. 
 
 As for the Chicago Daily News, its independence 
 is so extreme, despite the fact it charges extra for 
 position, electros and illustrations — it closes its clas- 
 sified columns almost twent3^-four hours before pub- 
 lication, and as for display advertisements, first 
 come, first served, and nothing guaranteed. I know 
 a State Street store that argued for three hours 
 one night trying to get the Daily News to guarantee 
 its full page ad. would appear in the next evening's 
 edition. The rules governing such promises were 
 so rigid nothing could be done until Mr. Lawson, 
 the owner, was reached at a club late in the night. 
 The Daily News rate is the highest in Chicago, 
 but its circulation reads its advertisements and the 
 returns therefrom make it the cheapest investment 
 for the merchant. 
 
 All concessions there in regard to free readers, 
 position, etc., are considered equivalent to a cut of 
 rate, and the newspaper which doesn't rigidly 
 adhere to its rate card has a severe case of heart 
 trouble that may prove fatal any time. The rate 
 card is the bible of the newspaper business, and 
 when you deviate from it you are getting away 
 from revealed religion. Every advertiser should be 
 privileged to the same rate as any other advertiser 
 on the same conditions. 
 
 Good will is the real asset of any first-class paper,
 
 ADVERTISING METHODS 99 
 
 and no newspaper is justified in doing anything to 
 discount its integrity. The success of a paper is 
 built on the confidence of its readers, and respect- 
 able and conscientious publishers endeavor to ac- 
 cept only such advertising as they can indorse to 
 the subscril)er. It is doubtful if the following of 
 such ideals is appreciated. A clergyman in Min- 
 neapolis switched his advertising to a competing 
 newspaper because he didn't consider enough edi- 
 torial notice had been given his lectures by the 
 newspaper which had thrown out $25,000 worth of 
 objectionable advertising. Virtue is not always re- 
 warded. 
 
 In one year the Chicago Tribune refused $80,000 
 worth of questionable advertising. At another time, 
 for eighteen months, the same paper refused $40,000 
 worth of advertising from a merchant who insisted 
 on preferred position at the expense of his com- 
 petitors — although his business was running in the 
 other Chicago papers during that time. 
 
 You know circulation value really means quan- 
 tity and qualit}' added together and divided by 
 two. The answer is the average, and the higher it 
 is the more productive the circulation. Chicago 
 emphasizes quality — not in the "class" sense, but 
 circulation, which reaches the best people of all 
 classes, whether those engaged in trades or in 
 finance. Ten men with only a dollar a piece can 
 only buy the bare necessities of life, but a single 
 man with a ten-dollar bill has more purchasing 
 power than the ten men in the aggregate because
 
 100 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 he is in the position to buy the comforts of life 
 which make profitable merchandise. The Chicago 
 Tribune refuses to state its circulation, declaring 
 space is sold on a basis of the selling power of a 
 newspaper. It is unsound and unwise, they claim, 
 to buy space on "so much per thousand of circu- 
 lation," because the circulation of one newspaper 
 may include the wastrels and derelicts of society 
 and that of another paper may be among the ear- 
 nest, honest, saving people in every walk of life. 
 Personally, I think the argument is settled when the 
 qualit}' of circulation is well established and the 
 quantity is published at the top of the editorial page 
 every day. In the constantly reiterated statement 
 of the amount of circulation and nothing else made 
 by newspapers deficient in selling power is found 
 the only plausible reason for inducing advertisers 
 to spend "money in large sums for space in thin 
 sheets." After all, in the final analysis, a news- 
 paper has only one kind of merchandise to sell, and 
 that is news — general news — the history of the 
 day — and merchandise news or advertising. The 
 newspaper having the most real news of the right 
 sort will attract the most readers of discrimination 
 and quality and, therefore, the reader is the only 
 one who counts. A newspaper which becomes a 
 misnomer and tries to feed the advertiser by free 
 publicity instead of being the advertiser's feeder, 
 reminds me of the old negro down South who was 
 taken sick. A nurse put a fever thermometer under 
 his tongue. The doctor called later and said :
 
 ADVERTISING METHODS 101 
 
 "Howd};, Mose. How are you feeling?" "Ah'm 
 feelin' a sight better, sah," said the negro. "Have 
 you had any nourishment," said the physician? 
 "Yes, sah," said the darkey, "a lady came in heah 
 an' give me a piece of glass to suck." It is a sort 
 of a "compliments of the season" proposition as de- 
 livered by Pat. "Sure," said Patrick, rubbing his 
 hands with delight at the prospects of a Christmas 
 box, "I always mane to do me duty." "I believe 
 you," replied his employer, "and therefore I shall 
 make you a present of all you have stolen from me 
 during- the year." "Thank ye', yur honor," replied 
 Pat, "and may all your friends and acquaintances 
 trate you as liberally." 
 
 While Philadelphia merchants may seem least dis- 
 posed to promptly act on business facts compared 
 with the Westerner and appear to lean towards sen- 
 timent, tradition and impression, yet there is seem- 
 ingly more intimacy between them and the news- 
 papers than anywhere on earth. The papers here 
 give the merchant more cooperation in free pub- 
 licity, cuts, drawings, etc., than can be gotten else- 
 where, and the merchants seem to generously re- 
 ciprocate. 
 
 Philadelphia was the first city in America to have 
 and develop great newspapers. Practically every 
 first-class newspaper in the United States buys its 
 Sunday Woman's and Color Sections from the 
 Philadelphia papers. There is scarcely an adver- 
 tising writer in the land who is not keen to study 
 and learn from the newspaper advertisements of
 
 102 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 John Wanamaker, Strawbridge & Clothier and Gim- 
 bel Brothers. Philadelphia has more newspapers 
 of a hieher average of excellence than any city East 
 or West. This city sets the standard of newspaper 
 values everywhere for what is best in the business 
 of journalism. It is the hub of the universe in the 
 newspaper line. There are better advertising writers 
 and more big users of newspaper space in Phila- 
 delphia through the great department stores than 
 anywhere in America, and that means the world. 
 There is not one Chicago merchant who runs a 
 page every week day in the year in any newspaper 
 there. New York is scarcely any better off. But 
 here there are three or four merchants running a 
 daily page in as many different newspapers. It is 
 without a parallel. 
 
 I grant there is no place on earth where display 
 rates are as low, considering results, as in Phila- 
 delphia. And fifteen cents a line is cheap classified 
 space. But competition is closer here than else- 
 where, and the papers themselves are of almost 
 equal merit. But no city in America, population 
 considered, compares with Philadelphia in the num- 
 ber and capacity of its enterprising stores. Those 
 stores have made possible great newspapers, and 
 the newspapers in return have created and devel- 
 oped those immense commercial institutions. And 
 Philadelphia, the city of readers, thinkers and doers, 
 has become celebrated for the energy of its mer- 
 chants and the enterprise of its newspapers and just 
 loyalty — makes it sacrilegious to take the name of 
 any other city in vain for comparison.
 
 VANADIUM STEELS 
 
 LOUIS BRADFORD 
 
 A speech by an engineering student in the class of extem- 
 poraneous speaking at Swarthmore College. 
 
 If a piece of steel is repeatedly loaded to a point 
 somewhere near the elastic limit, it is found that 
 failure eventually occurs. The load causing rup- 
 ture under these conditions is found to be much 
 less than that which the steel could support if it 
 had been applied only once. It is, indeed, usually 
 less than the load required to give the specimen a 
 permanent set. This phenomenon is known to en- 
 gineers as the "Fatigue of Metals," and is one of the 
 most difficult problems the designer has to face. 
 The* effect of fatigue is very noticeable in auto- 
 mobile races. Machines frequently have to with- 
 draw from the race owing to the crank-shaft, axle, 
 or other essential member having broken. 
 
 All these parts are designed with liberal factors 
 of safety and with ordinary usage would have lasted 
 indefinitely. The repeated application of the sudden 
 stress incidental to racing, however, causes failure, 
 although these stresses are within the elastic limit 
 of the material. The effect of these failures on the 
 design of machines is that dimensions of parts sub- 
 ject to repeated loading, whether shock or other- 
 
 103
 
 104 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 wise, have become excessive and greatly increase 
 the cost and weight of the machine. 
 
 Fatigue of metals is caused by the fact that a metal 
 is not homogeneous. Steel, for instance, is com- 
 posed of crystals, some comparatively weak, others 
 comparatively strong. When a load comes upon a 
 section the weakest crystals fail partially along its 
 cleavage planes. Complete failure does not occur. 
 If the load is repeated, the parts of the weakened 
 crystal move still more, along its cleavage planes. 
 If loading is continued, the crystal finally fails com- 
 pletely, and the stress it formerly carried is thrown 
 upon the other crystals of the section. The weakest 
 of the remaining crystals fails next, and so on until 
 complete rupture of the piece is affected. This is 
 called the theory of molecular disintegration. 
 
 If steel were a perfectly homogeneous substance, 
 fatigue would be unknown. In searching for a 
 remedy, therefore, we must first find out what con- 
 tributes to the lack of homogeneity. Sulphur and 
 phosphorus, present in the form of sulphides and 
 phosphides of iron, exert a great weakening effect 
 on the iron, and may, therefore, be set down as 
 exerting a great influence on the fatigue of steel. 
 Iron oxide also has a weakening effect. Any 
 element that will take the above constituents out of 
 the steel will contribute to the ability of steel to 
 resist fatigue. Vanadium is that element. 
 
 When vanadium is added to a melt of steel, the 
 first thing that happens is that the sulphur, phos- 
 phorus, and oxygen in combination with the iron
 
 VANADIUM STEELS 105 
 
 leave the iron and combine with the vanadium, 
 their affinity for vanadium being greater than their 
 affinity for iron. A slag is formed, which is easily 
 separated from the remaining steel. The steel re- 
 sulting has been found to ofifer a remarkable re- 
 sistance to fatigue. In actual test a piece of carbon 
 steel withstood 100 alternations of stress, while a 
 piece of vanadium steel withstood 215 alternations, 
 thus showing the beneficial effect of vanadium. 
 
 The introduction of vanadium steels makes it 
 possible to design members subject to shock and 
 repeated loadings with reasonable factors of safety 
 with a reasonable certainty that the member will 
 stand up. The manufacturer who makes his crank- 
 shafts and axles of vanadium steel can make them 
 smaller and more cheaply than can his rival who 
 uses the older carbon or nickle steels. He can also 
 design the parts with more certainty and make his 
 product comparatively free from the mysterious fail- 
 ures that have been the bugbear of users of ordi- 
 narv steels.
 
 THE NECESSITY FOR ADEQUATE RAIL- 
 WAY REVENUES 
 
 MARTIJJ^ A. KJs^APP 
 
 An address by Martin A. Knapp, chairman of the Inter- 
 state Commerce Commission, at the annual dinner of the 
 Railway Business Association, in New York, November 
 22, 1910. 
 
 The question of railroad rates; that is to say, of 
 railroad revenues, involves vastly more than the 
 direct interest of shippers or shareholders. In a 
 verv real sense, in a sense which is fortunately 
 coming to be better understood, it is a great ques- 
 tion of national policy second to none in its economic 
 importance. Speaking only for myself, and without 
 reference to the pending controversy over rate ad- 
 vances or an}^ other concrete instance. I suggest 
 three aspects of this question which are of imme- 
 diate and intense public concern. If our country is 
 to grow and prosper as it ought, if its untold re- 
 sources are to be developed and its swelling num- 
 bers find profitable employment, we need and must 
 have railway earnings sufficient for three things: 
 
 1st. A return on railway investments of such 
 amount and so well assured as to attract and secure 
 the necessary capital — an enormous sum in the 
 aggregate — to improve existing roads and to con- 
 
 107
 
 108 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 struct without delay thousands of miles of new 
 lines in fruitful districts now destitute of any means 
 of transportation. It is a matter of common knowl- 
 edge that the output of trafific for the fiscal year 
 1907 exceeded our entire carrying capacity on land 
 and water. With the rapid increase of population 
 and of productive efficiency; that is, with a greater 
 army of workers and better industrial organization, 
 the volume of that year ought to be and will be 
 nearly doubled in another decade if only we can 
 provide for its prompt and proper distribution. And 
 when we think of the rich regions yet unopened 
 because unserved, when we recall, for example, that 
 there is to-day in the old State of Maine a section 
 larger than the whole of Massachusetts in which 
 there is not a rod of railroad, must we not be im- 
 pressed with a realization of pressing need and of 
 boundless opportunity ! Since it is our national 
 policy — and long will be, I trust — to rely upon 
 private capital and private enterprise to provide 
 these great highways of commerce, to improve and 
 multiply them in pace with our requirements, must 
 we not in the larger public interest, whatever may 
 be thought by this or that shipper, make the busi- 
 ness of furnishing railroad transportation, which 
 shall be up to the best standard of efficiency, con- 
 venience, and safety, so desirable to the investor 
 that the necessary funds for betterments and exten- 
 sions will be forthcoming, and so attractive as a 
 vocation that the highest ability will be employed 
 in its management? Otherwise, if unhappily this is
 
 RAILWAY REVENUES 109 
 
 not done, must not our country come measurably 
 to a standstill and face a future of comparative stag- 
 nation? 
 
 2d. The payment of liberal wages to an adequate 
 number of competent men. This not only to insure 
 increasing skill and reliability in a service which is 
 all the while becoming more exacting, and on which 
 the safety and comfort of the public constantly de- 
 pend, but also because of the ver}^ great influence 
 of railway wages upon the compensation of labor 
 in every sphere and grade of private employment. 
 To my mind the fundamental social problem is to 
 provide, by the wise development of our institutions 
 and without radical action or injustice, for a more 
 equable diffusion of the bountiful wealth which the 
 earth produces. Now, as a large and increasing 
 majority of the able bodied live, and must live, 
 by working for others in some capacity, a high and 
 advancing standard of payment for service of every 
 sort tends strongly to promote, and is the best 
 practical means to bring about that degree of 
 equality in social welfare which makes for the satis- 
 faction and happiness of all our people. 
 
 3d. The betterment of existing lines so as to 
 greatly augment their serviceableness to the public, 
 as can in varying degree be done everywhere, with- 
 out unnecessary and undesirable increase in capi- 
 talization. Every dollar borrowed to improve a 
 road now in operation involves a permanent addi- 
 tion to the interest charge which the public is re- 
 quired to pay ; the improvement from current earn-
 
 110 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 ings puts no lien upon the property but rather aug- 
 ments its value and usefulness, and by adding to the 
 security of the capital already invested tends to a 
 lower rate of interest upon that capital. Broadly 
 speaking, this means a national policy, so to speak, 
 in respect of railroad rates and revenues in harmonv 
 with our national policy in other matters of public 
 concern, and in accordance with that enlar£rino- 
 spirit of altruism which manifests itself in public, as 
 well as in private life, and which impels the present 
 assumption of burdens that might be escaped or 
 deferred in order that another generation may have 
 an easier task and a larger opportunity. Is it not 
 in this particular field a wise and patriotic policy?
 
 HOURS OF SERVICE OF RAILWAY 
 EMPLOYEES 
 
 ROBERT jr. LA FOLLETTE 
 
 Remarks of Robert M. La Follette in the Senate of the 
 United States during the discussion of a bill to regulate tlie 
 hours of service, June, 1906. 
 
 Mr. President, if there is an aroused public senti- 
 ment for legislative action at this time, it is because 
 the public interest has been so long neglected. 
 
 The righteous appeals of the railway employees 
 have been ignored and denied. 
 
 For nearly twenty-five years they have pra3^ed for 
 legislation to protect them against the negligence 
 of the railway companies. The railway service is 
 under the severest discipline. Employees are com- 
 pelled to serve with the men th-e company hires. 
 They cannot choose their associates. To offer any 
 objection is to invite discharge. They suft'er loss of 
 life and limb in that service through the careless- 
 ness of co-employees and the negligence of the rail- 
 way companies. 
 
 For nearly a quarter of a century they sought 
 relief from Congress in vain. Is it to be marveled 
 that the public is awakening to a sense of the wrong 
 it has suffered ? Shall its persistent and perfectly 
 fair and reasonable demand for just legislation be 
 rebuked as clamor and disease? 
 
 Ill
 
 113 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 Every country in the world has recognized the 
 demand for legislation that will make the employer 
 respond in damages for the carelessness of the com- 
 pany and negligence or carelessness of the co- 
 employee through whom an employee of the 
 company receives injury. Yet the railroad em- 
 ployees of this country suffered without remedy 
 until the present session, when a reasonably good 
 bill passed this Congress, after a protracted struggle 
 to defeat it. 
 
 So with the present bill. The railway employees 
 have asked again and again for legislation placing 
 a reasonable limit upon the number of hours of con- 
 tinued service beyond which they shall not be re- 
 quired to run trains. It is argued here that it can 
 be left to contract between the railway companies 
 and their employees. Every man who is at all 
 familiar with the relations existing between railway 
 employees and the companies knows perfectly well 
 that whenever an engineer is called to take out his 
 engine, whenever the call is made upon the train 
 crew, no matter whether they have been on duty 
 to the limit of human endurance, with scarcely an 
 hour's rest, thev must respond to that call. They 
 cannot argue the matter with the railroad company. 
 They cannot refuse to go out. 
 
 Of course they will not be discharged at once for 
 such refusal. That would be a violation of the 
 contract. But the refusal is noted on the record 
 of such employee by the train dispatcher. Within a 
 month or two, for some reason that cannot be con-
 
 RAILWAY EMPLOYEES 113 
 
 strued to be a violation of the contract entered into 
 between the employee and the railroad company, 
 the employee finds himself dismissed from the ser- 
 vices, and dismissed under conditons that will not 
 admit of his procuring" employment with other 
 companies. 
 
 The service of the railroad companies is in many 
 respects a most difficult one. It is hazardous. It is 
 a service in which the public is profoundly inter- 
 ested. This legislation is demanded because it is 
 just to a faithful, intelligent, and courageous army 
 of men and reasonable in its terms. 
 
 Furthermore, it is demanded because the public 
 is deeply interested. It is vital to all who travel 
 that the men who operate the railway trains of this 
 country are in the best physical and mental condi- 
 tion. With scarcely an exception, every afternoon 
 as the hands of the clock point to the hour of five, 
 some Senator rises to entreat those in charge of 
 legislation for an adjournment. They find them- 
 selves weary and exhausted with their attendance 
 upon the session for a scant five hours. The Record 
 is full of the complaints of Senators that they have 
 been required to sit here through half the day. 
 
 Think of the engineer who takes out an engine 
 at midnight for his long run. His employment may 
 not be so exacting as that of Senators on this floor, 
 but the alertness demanded, the concentration of all 
 his faculties, is what wears upon the man. That 
 engineer sits with hand on lever and throttle peering 
 ahead, with all the faculties of his mind and all the
 
 lU EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 powers of his being concentrated on the safe con- 
 duct of that train to its destination. He has not 
 only the strain which comes of nervous tension, of 
 a constant apprehension of danger, but be has the 
 weariness which comes with physical taxation. So 
 with the fireman ; so with the conductors. When 
 those men have been on duty continuously for six- 
 teen hours, how can any Senator argue that the law 
 ought not fix a limitation beyond which they shall 
 not be required to serve? 
 
 There has been no session of Congress for many 
 years when this subject has not been earnestly 
 pressed upon those charged with the responsibility 
 of legislation. It is idle, it is belittling, for Sena- 
 tors to rise now, after having occupied the time of 
 the Senate in various ways for the last few days, 
 in order to prevent the consideration of this bill, 
 with a pretense that here is a new proposition for 
 the consideration of Congress. Wh3^ sir, the Presi- 
 dent of the United States in every message, I think, 
 since he came to that high office has recommended 
 this legislation to Congress. 
 
 I read to the Senate two or three days ago, when 
 this matter was under debate, a few words from the 
 messages of President Roosevelt. In view of the 
 character of the discussion here to-night I will re- 
 peat them now, because, if action upon this bill is 
 prevented at this session of Congress, I shall do 
 what I can here to-night to impress upon the 
 country that it is in the face of the recommendation 
 of the Interstate Commerce Commission, of the
 
 RAILWAY EMPLOYEES 115 
 
 recommendation of the Industrial Commission, of 
 the appeals of railway employees of this country, 
 whose petitions come from 194 of the largest brother- 
 hoods of locomotive engineers in the country, which 
 lie upon the table of the Senate, and of the recom- 
 mendations of the President of the United States, 
 who authorized mie to-day to say on this floor that 
 it was his earnest hope that the Senate would take 
 action upon this bill, which is so reasonable in the 
 limitations which it purposes to impose upon the 
 railroads of the country. 
 
 In his message to the third session of the Fiftv- 
 eighth Congress, the President said : 
 
 I would also point out to the Congress the 
 urgent need of legislation in the interest of the 
 public safety, limiting the hours of labor for 
 railroad employees in train service upon railroads 
 engaged in interstate commerce. 
 
 In his message to this Congress, nothing having 
 been done by the Congress pursuant to the message 
 from which I have just quoted, he repeated the 
 recommendation, and emphasized it in the following 
 language : 
 
 The excessive hours of labor to which rail- 
 road employees in train service are in many cases 
 subjected is also a matter which may well en- 
 gage the serious attention of the Congress. 
 
 To some of the Senators, Mr. President, who have 
 been participating in this discussion to-night, who 
 have proclaimed from this floor to the country that
 
 116 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 they have heard no demand for this legislation, I 
 commend these words of the President of the 
 United States : 
 
 The strain, both mental and physical, upon 
 those who are engaged in the movement and 
 operation of railroad trains under modern con- 
 ditions is perhaps greater than that which exists 
 in any other industry, and if there are any rea- 
 sons for limiting by law the hours of labor in 
 any employment, they certainly apply with 
 peculiar force to the employment of those upon 
 whose vigilance and alertness in the perform- 
 ance of their duties the safety of all who travel 
 by rail depends. 
 
 Mr. President, I want to suggest to those, who for 
 many days have interposed every possible objection 
 to a vote upon this bill, that in so doing they are 
 assuming a grave responsibility. Scarcely a sun 
 rises on this country that it does not witness some 
 accident due to the fact that the railroad employees 
 have been overtaxed in their service. If this legis- 
 lation is to be withheld from the statute books at 
 this session by methods such as have been employed 
 here to defeat it, those who have engaged in that 
 business will have to assume the responsibility for 
 whatever casualties may befall the traveling public 
 and the railway employees of this country which 
 the passage of this bill might have served to prevent.
 
 THE RAILWAY RATE BILL 
 
 ROBERT M. LA FOLLETTE 
 
 A Speech by Robert M. La Follette in the Senate of the 
 United States during the discussion of the railway rate bill 
 in April, 1906. 
 
 Sir, this extended review of the evidence of in- 
 creasing rates and vicious discrimination, of the 
 methods of railroad building, overcapitalization, and 
 reckless speculation, demonstrates the necessity of 
 the valuation of railroad property as an indispen- 
 sable basis for securing to the people of this country 
 just and reasonable rates. Before this bill becomes 
 a law I trust that the amendment which I shall 
 offer, or some better one, will be incorporated, mak- 
 ing full and complete provision at an early date for 
 the true valuation of all the railroad property of the 
 United States. 
 
 I cannot refrain from suggesting that the rail- 
 roads of this country can no longer afford to oppose 
 this valuation. It is best for them that it should 
 be known. They contend that their railroads are 
 worth the amount for which they are capitalized. 
 The public contends that the capitalization is 
 grossly in excess of the fair value and not a law- 
 ful basis for taxing transportation. This great issue 
 between the public and the railroads can be juggled 
 
 IT7
 
 118 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 with no longer. It cannot be settled by legislation 
 which palliates the wrong. It must be settled by 
 getting the true value, the fair value of railway- 
 property. If there is to be an end of antagonism 
 and dissention between the people and the transpor- 
 tation companies, it can be found, sir, in no other 
 wav. 
 
 Mr. President, when it is remembered that the 
 Interstate Commerce Commission is the only tribu- 
 nal that stands between the railroads and the public ; 
 when it is considered that the power conferred upon 
 the Commission is the power of Congress itself; 
 that the Commission really represents the Govern- 
 ment of the United States, and when we test the 
 bill before us by the obligation of Congress to 
 guard in full measure the public interest with all 
 the sovereign power of the Federal Government, 
 does not the proposed law seem to fall short of a 
 just and comprehensive treatment of a great sub- 
 ject of legislation? 
 
 I would not be unfair. The bill is not bad in its 
 provisions, but weak because of its omissions. I 
 do not believe that the bill is framed to meet the 
 demands of "special interests." Nor has any broad 
 consideration of public interest dominated its con- 
 struction. 
 
 It has neither ill intent nor high purpose. Expedi- 
 ency seems to have been the controlling factor in 
 framing it. 
 
 It seems a response to the impelling necessity for 
 some legislation.
 
 RAILWAY RATE BILL 119 
 
 It is probably just to the members of the com- 
 mittee who joined in reporting this bill to the Senate 
 to say that it is their measure of the willingness of 
 Congress to legislate on the subject ; that it is as 
 strong a bill as the}'- believe could pass the Senate. 
 But if this bill is not amended to meet the public 
 need, if it should pass without being strengthened 
 and improved, so as to make it a basis upon which 
 to build substantially in the future, then it may as 
 well be understood now that it will not quiet public 
 interest nor prevent further demands. It will be- 
 come ihe issue of a new campaign, more certain, 
 more definite, and more specific than ever before. 
 
 This session of Congress will be but the prelimi- 
 nary skirmish of the great contest to follow. On 
 the day that it is known that only the smallest pos- 
 sible measure of relief has been granted the move- 
 ment will begin anew all over the country for a 
 larger concession to public right. That movement 
 will not stop until it is completely successful. The 
 only basis upon which it can be settled finally in a 
 free country is a control of the public-service corpo- 
 rations broad enough, strong enoiigh. and strict enough 
 to insure justice and equality to all American 
 citizens. 
 
 Why pursue a shortsighted, temporizing course? 
 Is it not worse than folly to believe that a country 
 like ours, with all its glorious traditions, will sur- 
 render in this war for industrial independence? 
 
 Mr. President, the people of this generation have 
 witnessed a revolution which has changed the in-
 
 120 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 dustrial and commercial life of a nation. They have 
 seen the business system of a century battered 
 down, in violation of State and Federal statutes, and 
 another builded on its rtiins. 
 
 They know exactly what has happened and why 
 it has happened. 
 
 The farmer knows that there is no open, free 
 competitive market for anything he ma}^ produce 
 upon his farm. He knows that he must accept the 
 prices arbitrarily fixed by the beef trust and the 
 elevator combination. He knows that both of these 
 organizations have been given control of the mar- 
 kets by the railroads. 
 
 The independent manufacturer knows that he no 
 longer has an open field and a fairly competitive 
 chance to market his product against the trust, with 
 its railroad interests. 
 
 The consumer knows that his prices are made for 
 him by those who control the avenues of trade and 
 the highways of commerce. The public has suf- 
 fered much. It demands relief. 
 
 Mr. President, Senators in this discussion have 
 avowed that they were not to be influenced by 
 popular clamor; that they have no sympathy with 
 bigotry that is blind to great railway enterprise and 
 the value of the services which these corporations 
 render to the public. It has been denounced as 
 meddlesome interference for anyone to question the 
 right of the railways to fix the markets of this 
 country and to control the destination of its com- 
 merce. Public discussion in support of this legisla-
 
 RAILWAY RATE BILL 131 
 
 tion is rebuked as "noisy declamation," and we are 
 advised that public opinion should be scorned; that 
 it is as shifting as the sands of the sea. 
 
 It has been suggested by the Senator from Massa- 
 chusetts [Air. Lodge] that we might safely, from 
 time to time, adopt "certain loose and general propo- 
 sitions" in the form of harmless resolutions, "which 
 thunder in the index, and show that we are prop- 
 erly aroused to the dangers arising from corpora- 
 tions generally and from railroads in particular, 
 and which do not commit us to any specific legisla- 
 tion." 
 
 Sir, I respect public opinion. I do not fear it. I 
 do not hold it in contempt. The public judgment 
 of this great country forms slowly. It is intelligent. 
 No body of men in this country is superior to it. In 
 a representative democracy the common judgment 
 of the majority must find expression in the law of 
 the land. To deny this is to repudiate the principles 
 upon which representative democracy is founded. 
 
 It is not prejudice nor clamor which is pressing 
 this subject upon the attention of this body. It is a 
 calm, well-considered public judgment. It is born 
 of conviction — not passion — and it were wise for us 
 to give it heed. 
 
 The public has reasoned out its case. For more 
 than a generation of time it has wrought upon this 
 great question with heart and brain in its daily con- 
 tact with the great railway corporations. It has 
 mastered all the facts. It is just. It is honest. It 
 is rational. It respects property rights. It well
 
 122 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 knows that its own industrial and commercial pros- 
 perity would suffer and decline if the railroads were 
 wronged, their capital impaired, their profits un- 
 justly diminished. 
 
 But the public refuses longer to recognize this 
 subject as one which the railroads alone have the 
 right to pass upon. It declines longer to approach 
 it with awe. It no longer regards the railroad 
 schedule as a mystery. It understands the mean- 
 ing of rebates and "concessions," the evasions 
 through "purchasing agents" and false weights, the 
 subterfuge of "damage claims," the significance of 
 "switching charges," "midnight tariffs," "milling in 
 transit," "tap-line allowances," "underbilling," and 
 "demurrage charges." It comprehends the device 
 known as the "industrial railway," the "terminal 
 railway," and all the tricks of inside companies, each 
 levying tribute upon the traffic. It is quite familiar 
 with the favoritism given to express companies, and 
 knows exactly how producer and consumer have 
 been handed over by the railroads, to be plundered 
 by private car and refrigerator lines, in exhange for 
 their traffic. 
 
 The public has gone even deeper into the sub-" 
 ject. It knows that transportation is vital to organ- 
 ized society ; that it is a function of government ; 
 that railway lines are the public highways to 
 market ; that these highways are established under 
 the sanction of government; that the railway cor- 
 poration dictates the location of its right-of-way, 
 lays its tracks over the property of the citizen with-
 
 RAILWAY RATE BILL 123 
 
 out his consent, and that he must market the 
 products of his capital and his labor over this high- 
 way, if at all, on the terms fixed by the railway cor- 
 poration. Or. to say it arrogantly and brutally, as 
 did the president of the Louisville and Nashville 
 Railway Company in his testimony before the In- 
 terstate Commerce Commission, that the public can 
 pay the charge which the railroad demands, "or it 
 can walk." In short, sir, the public has come to 
 understand that the railway corporation is a natu- 
 ral monopoly, which has been created by act of 
 government, and that under existing conditions the 
 public is completely at the mercy of this natural 
 monopoly. 
 
 Because it is a natural monopoly, because it is the 
 creature of government, it becomes the duty of 
 government to see to it that the railway company 
 inflicts no wrong upon the public, to compel it to 
 do what is right, and to perform its office as a 
 common carrier. 
 
 Sir, it h much easier to stand with these great 
 interests than against them. This was true when 
 Adam Smith wrote his W^ealth of Nations, and it 
 is true in l')()6. AWiting of the struggle with mo- 
 nopoly in the eighteenth century, he said : 
 
 The member of Parliament who supports every 
 proposition for strengthening monopoly is sure 
 to acquire great reputation for understanding 
 trade, and also great popularity and influence 
 with an order of men whose numbers and wealth 
 render them of great importance. If he opposes 
 them, on the contrary, and still more, if he have
 
 124 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 authority enough to thwart them, neither the 
 most acknowledged probity, nor the highest rank, 
 nor the greatest public service, can protect him 
 from the most infamous abuse and detraction, 
 from personal insults, nor sometimes from real 
 danger arising from the influence of furious 
 and disappointed monopolists. 
 
 At no time in the history of any nation has it 
 been so difficult to withstand these forces as it is 
 right here in America to-day. Their power is 
 acknowledged in every community and manifest 
 in every lawmaking body. It is idle to ignore it. 
 There exists all over this country a distrust of Con- 
 gress, a fear that monopolistic wealth holds the bal- 
 ance of power in legislation. 
 
 Mr. President, I contend here, as I have contended 
 upon the public platform in Wisconsin, and in other 
 States, that the history of the last thirty years of 
 struggle for just and equitable legislation demon- 
 strates that the powerful combinations of organized 
 wealth and special interests have had an overbalanc- 
 ing control in State and national legislation. 
 
 For a generation the American people have 
 watched the growth of this power in legislation. 
 They observe how vast and far-reaching these mod- 
 ern business methods are in fact. Against the natu- 
 ral laws of trade and commerce is set the arbitrary 
 will of a few masters of special privilege. The prin- 
 cipal transportation lines of the country are so 
 operated as to eliminate competition. Between rail- 
 roads and other monopolies controlling great natu- 
 ral resources and most of the necessaries of life
 
 RAILWAY RATE BILL 125 
 
 there exists a "communit}' of interests" in all cases 
 and an identity of ownership in many. They have 
 observed that these great combinations are closely 
 associated in business for business reasons; that 
 they are also closely associated in politics for busi- 
 ness reasons ; that together they constitute a com- 
 plete system ; that they encroach upon the public 
 rights, defeat legislation for the public good, and 
 secure laws to promote private interests. 
 
 Is it to be marveled at that the American people 
 have become convinced that railroads and industrial 
 trusts stand between them and their representa- 
 tives ; that they have come to believe that the daily 
 conviction of public officials for betrayal of public 
 trust in municipal, State, and national government 
 is but a suggestion of the potential influence of these 
 great combinations of wealth and power? 
 
 During this debate there has been much tallc 
 about the country having "hysteria." Magazine 
 writers and press correspondents have been de- 
 nounced, and there would seem to be an agreement 
 that they are to be pursued and discredited, lest 
 they lodge in the popular mind a wrongful estimate 
 of the public service. 
 
 It does not lie in the power of any or all of the 
 magazines of the country or of the press, great as 
 it is, to destroy, without justification, the confidence 
 of the people in the American Congress. Neither 
 can any man on earth, whatever his position or 
 power, alter the settled conviction of the intelligent 
 citizenship of this country when it is grounded on
 
 126 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 fact and experience. It rests solely with the United 
 States Senate to fix and maintain its own reputation 
 for fidelity to public trust. It will be judged by 
 the record. It cannot repose in security upon its 
 exalted position and the glorious heritage of its 
 traditions. It is worse than folly to feel, or to pro- 
 fess to feel, indifferent with respect to public judg- 
 ment. If public confidence is wanting in Congress, 
 it is not of hasty growth, it is not the product of 
 "jaundiced journalism." It is the result of years of 
 disappointment and defeat. It is the outgrowth of 
 a quarter of a century of keen, discriminating study 
 of public questions, public records, and the lives of 
 public men. 
 
 In the Supreme Court, midway between the Sen- 
 ate and the House, Mr. Justice Brewer has, for a 
 quarter of a century, investigated, analyzed, and 
 construed the legislative work of Congress. A keen 
 and critical observer of men and events, he can 
 speak with wisdom on the development and tenden- 
 cies of the day, and no man will dare to say that he 
 speaks in passion or with any ulterior purpose. 
 
 In an address on "The ethical obligation of the 
 lawyer as a lawmaker," before the Albany Law 
 School, June 1, 1904, he said: 
 
 No one can be blind to the fact that these 
 mighty corporations are holding out most tempt- 
 ing inducements to lawmakers to regard in their 
 lawmaking those interests rather than the wel- 
 fare of the nation. 
 
 Senators and Representatives have owed their 
 places to corporate influence, and that influence
 
 RAIL\\'AY RATE BILL 127 
 
 has been exerted under an expectation, if not an 
 understanding, that as lawmakers the corporate 
 interests shall be subserved. . . . 
 
 The danger lies in the fact that they are so 
 powerful and that the pressure of so much 
 power upon the individual lawmaker tempts him 
 to forget the nation and remember the corpora- 
 tion. And the danger is greater because it is 
 insidious. 
 
 There may be no written agreement. There 
 may be, in fact, no agreement at all, and yet, 
 when the lawmaker understands that the power 
 exists which may make for his advancement or 
 otherwise and that it will be exerted according 
 to the pliancy with which he yields to its solicita- 
 tions, it lifts the corporation into a position of 
 constant danger and menace to republican institu- 
 tions. 
 
 For the first time in many years a great measure 
 is before this body for its final action. The subject 
 with which it deals goes to the very heart of the 
 whole question. Out of railroad combination with 
 monopoly and its power over legislation comes the 
 perilous relation which Mr. Justice Brewer says 
 "lifts the corporation into a position of constant 
 danger and menace to republican institutions." 
 
 We have the opportunity to meet the demands of 
 the hour, or we may weakly temporize while the 
 storm continues to gather. 
 
 On Plymouth Rock eighty-six years ago Daniel 
 \\^ebster, looking with prophetic vision into the cen- 
 tury beyond, uttered these words, which fall upon 
 this day and generation as a solemn mandate:
 
 128 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 As experience may show errors in our estab- 
 lishments we are bound to correct them, and if 
 any practices exist contrary to the principles of 
 justice and humanity within the reach of our 
 laws or our mfluence, we are inexcusable if we 
 do not exert ourselves to restrain and abolish 
 them. 
 
 Mr. President, our responsibility is great; our 
 duty is plain. If a true spirit of independent, pa- 
 triotic service controls Congress, this bill will be 
 reconstructed on the broad basis of public interest.
 
 ALASKA: THE NATION'S STOREHOUSE 
 
 ROBERT M. LA FOLLETTE 
 
 Remarks of Robert M. La Follette in the Senate of the 
 I'nited States, August 2i, 191 1. 
 
 Mr. President, the conservation of our natural 
 resources is one of the most important problems 
 of this generation. It is only recently that it has 
 been generally realized that our natural resources 
 are not inexhaustible. 
 
 Orig-inally the public domain of the United States 
 amounted in round numbers to 1,400,000,000 acres. 
 Of this amount nearly all of the original domain 
 available for agriculture and the greater part of 
 our mineral wealth outside of Alaska has been dis- 
 posed of, amounting in round numbers to more 
 than 700,000,000 acres. Of this amount individuals 
 and corporations have acquired more than 571,- 
 000,000 acres. Out of the 571,000,000 acres disposed 
 of to individuals and corporations there have been 
 acquired through the exercise of the homestead 
 right only 115,000,000 acres. The railroads and 
 other corporations had bestowed upon them by con- 
 gressional grants, without any return whatever to 
 the Government, in round numbers, 123,000,000 
 acres. 
 
 Many of the mistakes which have been made in 
 
 129
 
 130 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 the States cannot be rectified. When remedies may- 
 be possible they may sometimes be found difficult 
 of application. But in Alaska we still have a mag- 
 nificent domain practically untouched, a dom.ain 
 consisting- of 368,000,000 acres of land, an empire of 
 wealth in coal and other mineral resources, the ex- 
 tent of which has not been determined. With the 
 experience of the past, the waste of these resources, 
 the turning of them over to speculation and monop- 
 oly would be a crime against the people of the 
 United vStates. Here we have conditions permitting 
 of true conservation without encountering the prob- 
 lems which confront us in considering the public 
 domain in the States. These resources cannot to 
 any great degree be developed by the individual 
 man through the labor of his hands. Here are no 
 vast tracts of agricultural lands to complicate the 
 problem. It requires capital to develop these re- 
 sources, and the question is. Shall the profit all go 
 to private capital, or shall the people as a whole — 
 the owners of these resources — with their own capi- 
 tal make possible such a development as will insure 
 to the people their share of benefits? 
 
 Alaska was purchased with the people's money, 
 taken from their common fund — the Treasury of 
 the United States. Whatever of profit, whatever of 
 advantage m any way accrues from that purchase 
 belongs to all the people, and it will be the great- 
 est crime of our generation if we permit it to be 
 given over to Morgan, Guggenheim, and other great 
 financial interests.
 
 ALASKA 131 
 
 AMiatever evidence or lack of evidence there may 
 be as to the present intentions and maneuvers of 
 corporate power in Alaska, our experience with the 
 same forces nearer home teaches us that monopoly 
 under these conditions is inevitable. Anyone who 
 examines these documents must see that the founda- 
 tions are being laid in Wa.\\ Street for the upbuild- 
 ing of a monopoly in Alaska equal to that which 
 controls the great anthracite coal fields cf Pennsyl- 
 vania. Here we have the same work of pioneers 
 and prospectors, the same investors and mining 
 companies, securing foothold and endeavoring to 
 reach the market, but unable to induce capital to 
 assume the risks of a contest with special interests, 
 denied all hope of transportation and reasonable 
 freight rates to reach markets. The same situation, 
 if unchecked in Alaska, will develop in a very few 
 years to the point of monopoly control which it re- 
 quired thirty years to reach in Pennsylvania. 
 
 Mr. President, the key to the whole situation is 
 the control of the means of transportation. 
 
 The anthracite coal of the United States lies in 
 three small fields in the State of Pennsylvania. 
 Brought together into one body they would consti- 
 tute a little strip of country eight miles by sixty — 
 that is all of the anthracite coal outside of Alaska. 
 
 This little patch of anthracite coal to-day is 
 owned, Mr. President, chiefly by one, and entirely, 
 except a very small percentage of it, by two rail- 
 road companies. Plow did they acquire it? There 
 was a time when it belonged to individuals who
 
 132 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 were seeking" to develop it. But in 1811 eight rail- 
 roads tapped these coal fields. Not a pound of that 
 coal could go to market except over the lines of 
 these railroads. 
 
 These eight railroad companies conspired to take 
 that coal land avvav from the individuals who owned 
 it. How? They had absolute control of the only 
 highways over which the coal could find its way to 
 market. It was in their power to charge such trans- 
 portation rates as they chose, to withhold cars if 
 they saw fit, and in all the devious ways in which 
 the business of the great transportation lines of the 
 country may be operated to oppress shippers, to 
 work their will and take over the property of the 
 individual owners of those coal lands. They efifected 
 an organization ; they proceeded to formulate rules 
 and to enforce such hard conditions with respect to 
 transportation as made it impossible for the men 
 who owned the land to produce the coal and trans- 
 port it to market at a profit. One after another 
 these men were forced to the wall and compelled to 
 surrender their property. The weakest went down 
 first. Finally, the State of Pennsylvania, aroused at 
 the wrong and injustice inflicted by the transporta- 
 tion companies upon the individual owners of these 
 coal fields, called a convention and adopted an 
 amendment to the State constitution the purpose 
 of which was to put an end to these wrongs. 
 
 In 1873 the State of Pennsylvania wrote into its 
 constitution a provision that no railroad company 
 should acquire or own or operate mines or mining
 
 ALASKA 133 
 
 • 
 
 land?. It put an express provision into the constitu- 
 tion limiting- the riglits of the railroads in the ac- 
 quisition of real estate to land acquired solely for 
 transportation purposes — a proper and a legitimate 
 provision to write into organic and statutory law. 
 
 One would think that such a provision would 
 have afforded protection and put an end to the 
 tyranny and oppression of these railroads. It did 
 not. They trampled under foot that constitutional 
 provision; the}- paid no heed to it whatever; they 
 went on acquiring control of these coal lands by op- 
 pression which has seldom been eqtialed in any 
 country since society was organized and govern- 
 ments established. Men were ruined, their property 
 taken from them at such a pittance as the railroad 
 companies chose to pay for it, and, finally, Mr. 
 President, a subservient Pennsylvania Legislature — 
 and the Legislature of Pennsylvania has, with rare 
 exceptions, been subservient to corporations — I say 
 a subservient Pennsylvania Legislature, instead of 
 enacting appropriate legislation for the enforcement 
 of this constitutional provision, enacted a law for- 
 ever preventing any of the lands thus acquired from 
 escheating to the State. They gave immunity to 
 these railroads — clothed them with an indefeasible 
 title in these lands acquired in violation of the or- 
 ganic law of the State. The constitutional pro- 
 vision directed against railroad control of the coal 
 fields required legislative enactment to make it 
 operative, and the Legislature, instead of making it 
 operative, strangled it and then passed a statute to
 
 134 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 make secure the title of the railroads in these coal 
 lands they had filched from the owners. 
 
 Thus it was that the tremendous power of freight 
 discriminations first showed itself in the anthracite 
 coal fields of Pennsylvania 40 years ago when it 
 was employed to force ultimately the sale of 95 
 per cent, of all the individually owned anthracite 
 coal lands to railroads owning and operating the 
 only lines over which the coal could be transported 
 to market. 
 
 We are now required to decide which of these two 
 methods shall the American people adopt in Alaska. 
 Shall we give Alaska over for the profit — the enor- 
 mous and ever-increasing profit — of that great or- 
 ganization, now practically under the direction of 
 a single mind in this country, controlling the credits, 
 the transportation, the industrial organizations, the 
 franchise institutions of the country? Will the 
 American people be so blind, so dull, as to permit 
 this enormously rich field of Alaska to become the 
 property of Morgan and those allied with him, and 
 thus force all the great western country and the 
 millions who are to people it in the generations to 
 come to pay such extortionate prices for coal as 
 that power will certainly exact, or will the people 
 of this country, who own Alaska, see to it that this 
 great storehouse of wealth shall be. used for the 
 benefit of all the people, their children, and their 
 children's children for all time? 
 
 The American people are the owners of the re- 
 sources of Alaska. These have been preserved
 
 ALASKA 135 
 
 up to the present time by withdrawing them from 
 occupation and use. The people now clamor for 
 their use and for the development which is essential 
 to their use. They are entitled to get the benefit 
 of the reduction in the cost of living which will come 
 from a utilization of Alaska's treasures. The whole 
 Pacific coast demands access to the enormous coal 
 deposits. The people east of the Rocky Mountains 
 will gain by their development. Even the Navy 
 Department of the Federal Government is com- 
 pelled to pay $9 to $13 for coal on the Pacific coast 
 Avhich costs $3 to $4 on the Atlantic coast. The tests 
 which have been made show that samples of coal 
 from veins as thick as 33 feet in the Controller Bay 
 region have a higher heating value than coal se- 
 cured by the Navy Department on the eastern tide- 
 water. 
 
 The problem then remaining is how to administer 
 this great estate. The example of Panama points 
 the way. Congress, of course, cannot deal with this 
 subject in all of its details nor assume the manage- 
 ment of the development of our resources in Alaska. 
 The same reasons which prevent Congress from un- 
 dertaking supervision apply practically with equal 
 force to the President, the Interior Department and 
 the Interstate Commerce Commission. 
 
 The sensible and practical thing to do is to create 
 a board of public works for Alaska, to be appointed 
 by the President and confirmed by the Senate, sim- 
 ilar to the Isthmian Canal Commission. This board 
 of public works should then undertake, not merely
 
 136 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 to build a railroad from Controller Bay to the coal 
 fields, but it should now acquire all of the railroads 
 in Alaska, and settle at once the policy of govern- 
 mental ownership. It should similarly provide for 
 the development of other public utilities, such as 
 the telegraph and telephone. It should operate and 
 develop the wharves and docks and steamship lines, 
 if necessary, to deliver the products of Alaska to 
 the Pacific coast. The Morgan-Guggenheims, accus- 
 tomed to the highest profits on their investments, 
 and demanding to a great extent immediate returns, 
 must make exorbitant and oppressive charges. The 
 people of the United States do not demand an im- 
 mediate return. They can themselves supply all 
 necessary money at an interest charge of less than 
 3 per cent. Rates for transportation and for other 
 public utilities may properly be low, with the capital 
 cost as small as the investment would be to the 
 people. Most important of all is control of the 
 transportation facilities by the Government. It 
 would forever remove the irresistible temptation of 
 discrimination, rebates, and corruption which have 
 characterized the worst period of our railroad opera- 
 tion. 
 
 The whole situation is summed up in the Republi- 
 can platform of Wisconsin, adopted September, 
 1910, which says : 
 
 The attempt of private monopoly to steal the 
 Alaskan coal fields was defeated for the time be- 
 ing through the efforts of a few courageous offi- 
 cials whose sacrfiice and devotion to duty furnish 
 an example worthy of emulation in every depart-
 
 ALASKA 137 
 
 ment and rank of the public service. Failing to 
 secure the coal tields through perjury and fraud, 
 special interests will exploit them through a 
 monopoly of transportation. The title to the coal 
 fields of Alaska should be forever retained by 
 the Government, subject to lease under proper 
 regulation. The situation of Alaska is excep- 
 tional. Transportation is the basis of control. 
 It is the key to this vast territory of treasure. 
 As exceptional conditions in Panama require the 
 Government of the United States to own and 
 operate a railroad on the Isthmus in order to pro- 
 tect its interests and the interests of shippers, 
 so we hold that exceptional conditions in Alaska 
 require that the Federal Government should con- 
 struct, own. and operate the railroads, docks, and 
 steamship lines necessary to the opening up of 
 the Alaska coal fields and other natural resources. 
 
 With a law such as I have indicated, the Govern- 
 ment ov^ming the railroads, the direct operation or 
 leasing- of the coal fields under proper regulations, 
 insuring a proper revenue to the Government for 
 the benefit of the people, and proper regulations 
 that will protect the consumer, all under the man- 
 agement of a board of experts having in mind only 
 the public interest, I believe that the problem of 
 conservation of our natural resources in Alaska w^ill 
 be solved and that its administration there will be 
 of great aid to us in securing solutions for some 
 of the problems which confront us in considering the 
 conservation of such natural resources as are still 
 a part of the public domain in the States.
 
 ON WITHDRAWING FROM THE UNION 
 
 JEFFERSON DAVIS 
 
 A part of the speech deHvered by Jefferson Davis in th^ 
 United States Senate, January 21, 1861. 
 
 [According to Edward A. Pollard in "The Life of Jeflferson 
 Davis," it was in the Senate of the United States, the highest 
 school of eloquence in America, that Mr. Davis formed his 
 style. His was the oratory delivered to the few and culti- 
 vated. He had a wealth of words that were both forceful 
 and polished, coupled with a rich, manly eloquence." He 
 spoke very deliberately, "somtimes with majestic slovraess 
 pouring out his wealth of eloquenc." Mr. Davis had above all 
 else that which constitutes the highest art of oratory, "self- 
 countenance in the expression of passion."] 
 
 I rise, Mr. President, for the purpose of announc- 
 ing to the Senate that I have satisfactory evidence 
 that the State of Mississippi, by a solemn ordinance 
 of her people in convention assembled, has declared 
 her separation from the United States. Under these 
 circumstances, of course my functions are termi- 
 nated here. It has seemed to me proper, however, 
 that I should appear in the Senate to announce that 
 fact to my associates. 
 
 It is known to senators who have served with me 
 here that I have for many years advocated, as an 
 essential attribute of State sovereignty, the right of 
 a State to secede from the Union. I hope none who 
 hear me will confound this expression of mine with 
 
 139
 
 140 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 the advocacy of a State to remain in the Union, 
 and to disregard its constitutional obligation by the 
 nullification of the law. Such is not my theory. 
 Nullification and secession, so often confounded, are 
 indeed antagonistic principles. Nullification is a 
 rem.edy which it is sought to apply within the 
 Union, and against the agent of the States. Seces- 
 sion belongs to a different class of remedies. It is 
 to be justified upon the basis that the States are 
 sovereign. I therefore say I concur in the action of 
 the people of Mississippi, believing it to be neces- 
 sary and proper, and should have been bound by 
 their action if my belief had been otherwise; and 
 this brings me to the important point which I wish 
 on this last occasion to present to the Senate. A 
 State finding herself in the condition in which Mis- 
 sissippi has judged she is, in which her safety re- 
 quires that she should provide for the maintenance 
 of her rights out of the Union, surrenders all the 
 benefits (and they are known to be many), deprives 
 herself of the advantages (they are known to be 
 great), severs all the ties of affection (and they are 
 close and enduring), which have bound her to the 
 Union; and thus divesting herself of every benefit, 
 taking upon herself every burden, she claims to be 
 exempt from any power to execute the laws of the 
 United States within her limits. 
 
 I well remember an occasion when Massachusetts 
 was arraigned before the bar of the Senate, and 
 when then the doctrine of coercion was rife and to 
 be applied against her because of the rescue of a
 
 JEFFERSOX DAVIS Ul 
 
 fugitive slave in Boston. My opinion then was 
 the same that it is now. I then said, if Massachu- 
 setts, following her through a stated line of con- 
 duct, chooses to take the last step which separates 
 her from the Union, it is her right to go, and I will 
 neither vote one dollar nor one man to coerce her 
 back ; but will say to her, God-speed, in memory of 
 the kind associations which once existed between 
 her and the other States. 
 
 I find in myself, perhaps, a type of the general 
 feeling of my constituents toward yours. I am sure 
 I feel no hostility to you, senators from the North. 
 I am sure there is not one of you, whatever sharp 
 discussion there may have been between us, to 
 whom I cannot now say, in the presence of my God, 
 I wish you well ; and such, I am sure, is the feeling 
 of the people whom I represent toward those whom 
 you represent. I therefore feel that I but express 
 their desire when I say I hope, and they hope, for 
 peaceful relations with you, tho' we must part. They 
 ma}^ be mutually beneficial to us in the future, as 
 they have been in the past, if you so will it. The 
 reverse may bring disaster on every portion of the 
 country; and if you will have it thus, we will in- 
 voke the God of our fathers, who delivered them 
 from the power of the lion, to protect us from the 
 ravages of the bear; and thus, putting our trust in 
 God, and in our firm hearts and strong arms, we will 
 vindicate the right as best we may. 
 
 In the course of my service here, associated at 
 different times with a great variety of senators, I
 
 142 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 see now around me some with whom I have served 
 long; there have been points of collision; but what- 
 ever of offense there has been to me, I leave here; 
 I carry with me no hostile remembrance. Whatever 
 offense I have given which has not been redressed, 
 or for which satisfaction has not been demanded, I 
 have, senators, in this hour of our parting, to offer 
 you my apology for any pain which, in heat of 
 discussion, I have inflicted. I go hence unencum- 
 bered of the remembrance of any injury received, 
 and having discharged the duty of making the only 
 reparation in my power for any injury offered. 
 
 Mr. President and Senators, having made the 
 announcement which the occasion seemed to me to 
 require, it only remains for me to bid you a final 
 adieu.
 
 PAUL BEFORE AGRIPPA^ 
 
 To conciliate the Jews, whom Paul had angered by his 
 bold speaking, the Roman governor, Felix, had kept him in 
 prison for two years. When Pontius Festus took Felix' place, 
 however, he had Paul brought before him, and on Paul's 
 appealing to the judgment of Caesar, prepared to send him to 
 Rome. As King Agrippa came to visit him at this time, how- 
 ever, Festus placed Paul before his noble guest. Then 
 Agrippa said unto Paul : 
 
 Thou art permitted to speak for tliyself. 
 
 Then Paul stretched out his hand, and answered for himself 
 with such effect that Agrippa said to him, "Almost thou per- 
 suadest me to be a Christian." and to Festus later, "This man 
 might have been set at liberty if he had not appealed unto 
 Caesar." 
 
 I think myself happy, King Agrippa, because I 
 shall answer for myself this day before thee touch- 
 ing all the things whereof I am accused of the 
 Jews : Especially because I know thee to be expert 
 in all customs and questions which are among the 
 Jews : wherefore I beseech thee to hear me patiently. 
 My manner of life from my youth, which was at 
 the first among mine own nation at Jerusalem, know 
 all the Jews ; which knew me from the beginning, 
 if they would testify, that after the most straitest 
 sect of our religion I lived a Pharisee. And now 
 I stand and am judged for the hope of the promise 
 made of God unto our fathers: unto which promise 
 
 'The group of short speeches from the Scriptures are 
 included in this volume as examples of vivid imagery and 
 rare choice of words. 
 
 143
 
 144 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 our twelve tribes, instantly serving God day and 
 night, hope to come. For which hope's sake. King 
 Agrippa, I am accused of the Jews. 
 
 Why should it be thought a thing incredible with 
 you, that God should raise the dead? 
 
 I verily thought with myself that I ought to do 
 many things contrary to the name of Jesus of 
 Nazareth. Which thing I did also in Jerusalem : 
 and many of the saints did I shut up in prison, hav- 
 ing received authority from the chief priests ; and 
 when they were put to death, I gave my voice 
 against them. And I punished them oft in every 
 synagogue, and compelled them to blaspheme ; and 
 being exceedingly mad against them, I persecuted 
 them even unto strange cities. Whereupon as I 
 went to Damascus with authority and commission 
 from the chief priests, at midday, O king, I saw in 
 the way a light from heaven, above the brightness 
 of the sun, shining round about me and them which 
 journeyed with me. And when we were all fallen 
 to the earth, I heard a voice speaking unto me, and 
 saying in the Hebrew tongue, Saul, Saul.why perse- 
 cutest thou me? it is hard for thee to kick against 
 the pricks. 
 
 And I said, Who art thou, Lord? 
 
 And he said, I am Jesus, whom thou persecutest. 
 But rise, and stand upon thy feet ; for I have ap- 
 peared unto thee for this purpose, to make thee a 
 minister and a witness both of those things which 
 thou hast seen, and of those things in the which 
 I will appear unto thee ; delivering thee from the
 
 PAUL BEFORE AGRIPPA 145 
 
 people, and from the Gentiles, unto whom now I 
 send thee. To open their eyes, and to turn them 
 from darkness to light, and from the power of 
 Satan unto God, that they may receive forgiveness 
 of sins, and inheritance among them which are 
 sanctified by faith that is in me. 
 
 Whereupon, O King Agrippa, I was not dis- 
 obedient unto the heavenly vision ; but shewed first 
 unto them of Damascas, and at Jerusalem, and 
 throughout the coast of Judea, and then to the Gen- 
 tiles, that they should repent and turn to God, and 
 do works meet for repentance. For these causes 
 the Jews caught me in the temple, and went about 
 to kill me. 
 
 Having obtained help of God, I continue unto this 
 day, witnessing both to small and great, saying 
 none other things than those which the prophets 
 and Moses did say should come : That Christ 
 should suffer, and that he should be the first that 
 should rise from the dead, and should shew light 
 unto the people and to the Gentiles. — Acts 26 : 1-23.
 
 PAUL AT MARS HILL 
 
 Paul, on one of his missionary journeys, came to Athens, 
 where he was received with eager curiosity. Presently some 
 philosophers of the Epicureans and of the Stoics encountered 
 him, and after arguing a while, took him to Mars' Hill, and 
 asked him to expound his views more fully. Then Paul stood 
 in the midst of Mars' Hill, and said : 
 
 Ye men of Athens, I perceive that in all things 
 ye are too superstitious. For as I passed by, and 
 beheld }-our devotions, I found an altar with this 
 inscription, To the unknoivn God. Whom, there- 
 fore, ye ignorantly worship, him declare I unto you. 
 God, that made the world and all things therein, 
 seeing that he is Lord of heaven and earth, dwelleth 
 not in temples made with hands ; neither is wor- 
 shipped with men's hands, as though he needed any- 
 thing, seeing he giveth to all life, and breath and 
 all things ; and hath made of one blood all nations 
 of men for to dwell on all the face of the earth, and 
 hath determined the times before appointed, and 
 the bounds of their habitation ; that they might 
 seek the Lord, if haply they might feel after him 
 and find him, though he be not far from every one 
 of us ; For in him we live and move, and have our 
 being; as certain also of your own poets have said, 
 for we are also his offspring. 
 
 Forasmuch, then, as we are the offspring of God, 
 we ought not to think that the Godhead is like 
 
 147
 
 148 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 unto gold or silver or stone, graven by art of man's 
 device. And the times of this ignorance God 
 winked at ; but now commandeth all men every- 
 where to repent ; because he hath appointed a day 
 in the which he will judge the world in righteous- 
 ness by that man whom he hath ordained ; whereof 
 he hath given assurance unto all men, in that he 
 hath raised him from the dead. — ActslQ: 22-31.
 
 NATHAN'S PARABLE OF THE EWE LAMB 
 
 King David wished to marry the wife of Uriah, one of his 
 generals, and in order to carry out his wishes as quickly as 
 possible, had Uriah set in "the forefront of the hottest battle," 
 an honorable position which was almost certain death. Uriah 
 was killed, and David married his widow as soon as the law 
 allowed. But the thing that David had done displeased the 
 Lord, and the Lord sent Nathan unto David, and he said 
 unto him : 
 
 There were two men in one city : the one rich, 
 and the other poor. The rich man had exceeding 
 many flocks and herds : But the poor man had noth- 
 ing- save one little ewe lamb, which he had bought 
 and nourished up ; and it grew up together with 
 him, and with his children ; it did eat of his own 
 meat, and drank of his cup, and lay in his bosom, 
 and was unto him as a daughter. 
 
 And there came a traveller unto the rich man, and 
 he spared to take of his own flock and of his own 
 herd to dress for the wayfaring man that was come 
 unto him ; but took the poor man's lamb, and dressed 
 it for the man that was come to him. 
 
 Then the angry kini^. demanded the name of the 
 rich man, that he might be punished. And Nathan 
 said to David, Thou art the man. — 11 Samuel, 12: 
 1-18. 
 
 149
 
 TERTULLUS' SPEECH AGAINST PAUL 
 
 The Apostle Paul, because of his bold speaking in Jerusalem, 
 was in danger of being killed by the Jews, but was rescued 
 by the Romans and sent to the Roman governor. Felix, at 
 Caesarea. Here he was tried, an orator named Tertullus being 
 his chief accuser. And when Paul was called forth, Tertullus 
 began to accuse him, saying : 
 
 Seeing- that by thee we enjoy great qtiietness, and 
 that very worthy deeds are done unto this nation 
 by thy providence, we accept it always, and in all 
 places, most noble Felix, with all thankfulness. 
 Notwithstanding, that I be not further tedious to 
 thee, I pray thee that thou wouldest hear us of thy 
 clemency a few words. 
 
 For we have found this man a pestilent fellow, 
 and a mover of sedition among all the Jews through- 
 out the world, and a ringleader of the sect of the 
 Nazarenes ; who also hath gone about to profane the 
 temple : whom we took and would have judged ac- 
 cording to our law. But the chief captain Lysias 
 came upon us, and with great violence took him 
 away out of our hands, commanding his accusers to 
 come unto thee ; by examining of whom thyself 
 mayest take knowledge of all these things whereof 
 we accuse him. — Acts 24. 2-8. 
 
 151
 
 PAUL'S REPLY TO TERTULLUS 
 
 In answer to the speech made against him by Tertullus. be- 
 fore the Roman governor, Felix, Paul, after that the gover- 
 nor had beckoned him to speak, answered : 
 
 Forasmuch as I know that thou hast been of many 
 years a judge unto this nation, I do the more cheer- 
 fully answer for myself; because that thou mayest 
 understand that there are yet but twelve days since 
 I went up to Jerusalem for to worship. And they 
 neither found me in the temple disputing with any 
 man, neither raising up the people, neither in the 
 synagogues, nor in the city ; neither can they prove 
 the things whereof they now accuse me. 
 
 But this I confess unto thee, that after the way 
 which they call heresy so worship I the God of my 
 fathers, believing all things which are written in 
 the law and in the prophets : and have hope toward 
 God, which they themselves also allow, that there 
 shall be a resurrection of the dead, both of the just 
 and unjust. And herein do I exercise myself, to 
 have always a conscience void of ofifense toward 
 God and toward man. 
 
 Now, after many years I caine to bring alms to my 
 nation and offerings. Whereupon certain Jews 
 from Asia found me purified in the temple, neither 
 with multitude, nor with tumult. Who ought to 
 have been here before thee, and object, if they had 
 
 153
 
 154 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 aught against me. Or else let these same here say, 
 if they have found any evil doing in me, while I 
 stood before the council, except it be for this one 
 voice, that I cried standing among them, touching 
 the resurrection of the dead I am called in question 
 by vou this dav. — Acts 34: 10-31.
 
 JULIA WARD HOWE 
 
 CHARLES W. ELIOT 
 
 Remarks of Charles W. Eliot at the obsequies of Julia 
 Ward Howe. 
 
 This is not the time or place for studied eulogy, 
 nor can any single voice express the depth of feel- 
 ing that has drawn this company together. We 
 are gathered here simply to bring our tribute of 
 gratitude and reverence. Each one of us has some 
 particular reason for grateful appreciation; but, 
 whatever may be the separate and individual ties 
 that have bound us in love and honor to Mrs. Howe, 
 all of us alike share the impression of the richness 
 and abundance of her nature and the prodigality cf 
 her gifts. 
 
 The Scripture phrase which one thinks of in con- 
 nection with this life is the word of the Master, "I 
 am come that ye may have life and have it more 
 abundantl3^" This is a career that speaks to us 
 of the abundance of life, of richness of experience, 
 of completed roundness of character and achieve- 
 ment, of rare gifts nobly used. Here was a life rich 
 in aspiration and accomplishment, rich in love given 
 and received, rich in widespread and penetrating 
 influence, a life radiant with encouragement to the 
 end. 
 
 155
 
 156 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 She passed through tlie changeful experiences of 
 more than ninety fruitful years, — the happy days of 
 sheltered childhood, the years of brilliant and beau- 
 tiful youth, the sacred obligations of wife and 
 mother, the varied experiences of ceaseless philan- 
 thropic labors, the fascinating diversity of social 
 relationships, the applause of listening thousands, 
 the accumulated honors of age. She enriched our 
 literature. She inspired our patriotism. She up- 
 built our ideals alike of domestic fidelity and hap- 
 piness and of public-spirited service. She was in- 
 terested in everything, — in nature, in events, in per- 
 sons, in causes, in truth. She loved the New Eng- 
 land landscape and delightedly explored the mys- 
 terious processes of the world of nature, its beau- 
 tiful adaptations, its precise and orderly laws. She 
 was interested in the welfare of all her fellow-be- 
 ings, ready to rejoice with the glad, eager to help 
 the down-trodden and oppressed everywhere. She 
 was interested in philosophy and pursued truth all 
 her days, calmly, but eagerly. She found truths that 
 sustained her in all the vicissitudes of experience. 
 She had confidence in goodness, in its reality, its 
 permanence, its power to conquer evil. She h 
 confidence in love as the supreme reality. 
 
 She believed in conscientious work and never 
 despaired of a cause because it was unpopular. She 
 had an overflowing sympathy, broad as humanity, 
 including white and black, Greek and Armenian, 
 bond and free. Her mind was affirmative. She 
 said "Yes" more often than she said "No." She
 
 JULIA WARD HOWE 157 
 
 had faith, not opinions or dead beliefs, but faith 
 — a faith which saw God present in nature, present 
 in Providence, present in the souls of men ; which 
 found Him in all chang^es, in all joys and sorrows, 
 in the immediate duty of the hour, in the large vis- 
 ions of the ages. 
 
 Mrs. Howe enjoyed all the privileges of the abun- 
 dant life Avhile she avoided its perils. Many a 
 scholar there is to whom knowledge has come, but 
 from whom wisdom has stayed away, who has 
 grown less human as his learning increased ; but 
 with Mrs. Howe experience was always applied ; it 
 was sacred as a gift of God, and its purpose was to 
 enlarge serviceableness, to multiply points of con- 
 tact with the needs of humanity. 
 
 Her life was abundant in friendship and in Dub- 
 lic and private honor, but she depended neither 
 upon praise nor blame. She was far from insensible 
 to the admiration that surrounded her, but it never 
 spoiled her. She accepted her place in people's 
 hearts simply and natural!}-, thankfully recognized 
 her privileges and trusted the obligations they im- 
 posed to keep her from vainglory. No lot is too 
 rich, no gifts too abundant for a soul that enters 
 into its privileges full of humility before God, love 
 for humanity and deep desire of helpfulness. 
 
 She lived always in the inspiration of great con- 
 victions and with a happy trust in the heart of the 
 universe. But her spiritual gifts were not luxuries 
 for her own use, but trusts for her fellowmen. Her
 
 158 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 thought each day was not what the world could 
 do for her, but what she could do for the world. 
 
 She found the joy of life in the use of her rare en- 
 dowments. Hers was the gift of humor. Many a 
 cloud was driven away by the bright spirit of 
 laughter. Hers was the gift of bounteous, all-em- 
 bracing hospitality — of mind and heart and home. 
 She had a real democracy of soul which counted 
 nothing human as foreign to her. Hers was the gift 
 of interpretation. She knew how to turn sight into 
 insight. She could discover the possibilities of poe- 
 try in the meanest events and emergencies. Hers 
 was the gift of communication, the power of solv- 
 ing and persuasive speech. She transmitted that 
 which she received. She could say in her prayer, 
 "The glory thou hast given me I have given to 
 them." 
 
 She found the rewards of life in life itself, in the 
 enrichment of experience, the new opportunities of 
 attainment and service. Her good obtained was 
 only tidings of something better. The richest joy 
 of her life was the discovery of her capacity to 
 inspire and impart life. 
 
 Too often we have been told thav the Cliristian 
 life is one of renunciation and self-denial, the giving 
 up of pleasures or of freedom of thought and action. 
 That was not her way of looking at things. The 
 Christian ideal to her was not one of negation, b'Jt 
 of appreciation ; not of renunciation, but of the use 
 of the gifts of God. Religion to her meant not sub- 
 traction, but addition ; not diminution of power, but
 
 JULIA WARD HOWE 159 
 
 multiplication of freedom and power and joy. To 
 accept the privilege of life with an alert body, an 
 open mind, a sensitive imagination, and a stead- 
 fast will, that was to her the Father's business in 
 which she had a partnership. 
 
 I think not only of the abundance of this life, but 
 of its perfect poise, — a quality which grows more 
 and more beautiful as we tire of the fantastic and 
 one-sided types of character which the world often 
 admires. Hers was not only fulness of life, but 
 symmetry of life. She was expectant without im- 
 patience, progressive, but always ready to wait, 
 full of confidence, but never arrogant, serene, but 
 enthusiastic. 
 
 So much of the noblest life disappoints us with 
 its partialness. So many people we admire are 
 great only upon certain sides and in other aspects 
 are comparatively small. The more do we value a 
 human life rich and full and strong all around. Here 
 was life where the length and breadth and height 
 were equal. By length of life I do not mean its 
 mere duration, but the reaching on and out of a 
 soul on the lines of its special powers, the impulse 
 of a life toward the ends that it was meant to serve. 
 The breadth of a life is its outreach in human sym- 
 pathy, and the height of a life is its reach upward, 
 its consciousness of divine realities, its sense of 
 communion with and commission from God. Length 
 without breadth may be hard and narrow ; breadth 
 without length may be thin and shallow; length 
 and breadth without height may be flat and un-
 
 IGO EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 profitable. Here was a soul which conceived dis- 
 tinct purposes, yet which found in its earnest ef- 
 forts to fulfill its own career the interpretation of 
 the careers of other souls and the transfiguration 
 of its own experience. 
 
 The secret of her amazing vitality and widespread 
 usefulness was that she kept always in contact with 
 the real and permanent sources of power. The dy- 
 namic of duty and faith and love worked through 
 her. The subtle mystery of the life eternal flowed 
 through her nature and her experience out into the 
 complicated mechanism of the life of the world 
 about her. 
 
 With glad hearts we have all remarked the ex- 
 ceptional vitality of her powers in old age. That 
 meant simply that she had begun to live the eternal 
 life here and now, the kind of life that does not 
 decay or change, the life which is not merely future 
 existence, but present renewal in the Spirit. 
 
 Not long ago she said to her beloved minister, 
 Dr. Ames: "The lower I drain the cup of life, the 
 sweeter it grows. All the sugar is at the bottom." 
 Her graceful verse repeats the same satisfaction : 
 
 "I have made a voyage upon a golden river, 
 
 'Neath clouds of opal and of amethyst. 
 Along its banks bright shapes were moving ever, 
 And threatening shadows melted into mist. 
 
 My journey nears its close : in some still haven 
 My bark shall find its anchorage of rest, 
 
 When the kind Hand, which every good has given, 
 Opening with wider grace, shall give the best."
 
 THE DEATH OF LINCOLN 
 
 JAMES A. GARFIELD 
 
 On April 15, 1865, James A. Garfield, from the balcony of 
 the New York Custom House, quieted a mob frenzied by the 
 news of President Lincoln's assassination by this brief and 
 remarkable utterance : 
 
 ''Fellow citizens : Clouds and darkness are around 
 Him; His pavilion is dark waters and thick clouds; 
 justice and judgment are the establishment of His 
 throne ; mercy and truth shall go before His face ! 
 
 "Fellow citizens. God reigns, and the Government 
 at Washington lives !" 
 
 161
 
 THE BIBLE AND PROGRESS 
 
 WOODROW WILSON 
 
 Address of Hon. \\ oodrow Wilson, Governor of New 
 Jersey, in the Auditorium, Denver, Col., on the occasion of 
 the tercentenary celebration of the translation of the Bible 
 into the English language, May 7, 191 1. 
 
 The thought that entered my mind first as I came 
 into this great room this evening framed itself in a 
 question — Why should this great body of people 
 have come together upon this solemn night? There 
 is nothing here to be seen. There is nothing delec- 
 able here to be heard. W^hy should you run to- 
 gether in a great host when all that is to be spoken 
 of is the histor}"- of a familiar book? 
 
 But as I have sat and looked upon this great 
 body of people I have thought of the very suitable 
 circumstance that here upon the platform sat a 
 little group of ministers of the gospel lost in this 
 great throng. 
 
 I say the "suitable circumstance," for I come here 
 to-night to speak of the Bible as the book of the 
 people, not the book of the minister of the gospel, 
 not the special book of the priest from which to set 
 forth some occult, unknown doctrine withheld from 
 the common understanding of men, but a great book 
 of revelation — the people's book of revelation. For 
 it seems to me that the Bible has revealed the peo- 
 
 163
 
 164 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 pie to themselves. I wonder how many persons in 
 this great audience realize the significance for Eng- 
 lish-speaking peoples of the translation of the Bible 
 into the English tongue. Up to the time of the 
 translation of the Bible into English it was a 
 book for long ages withheld from the perusal of 
 the people of other languages and of other tongues, 
 and not a little of the history of liberty lies 
 in the circumstance that the moving sentences of 
 this book were made familiar to the ears and the 
 understanding of those peoples who have led man- 
 kind in exhibiting the forms of government and 
 the impulses of reform which have made for free- 
 dom and for self-eovernment among mankind. 
 
 For this is a book which reveals men unto them- 
 selves, not as creatures in bondage, not as men un- 
 der human authority, not as those bidden to take 
 counsel and command of any human source. It 
 reveals every man to himself as a distinct moral 
 agent, responsible not to men, not even to those 
 men whom he has put over him in authority, but 
 responsible through his own conscience to his Lord 
 and Maker. Whenever a man sees this vision he 
 stands up a free man. whatever may be the govern- 
 ment under which he lives. If he sees beyond the 
 circumstances of his own life. 
 
 I heard a very eloquent sermon to-day from an 
 honored gentleman who is with us to-night. He 
 was speaking upon the effect of a knowledge of the 
 future life upon our conduct in this life. And it 
 seemed to me that as I listened to him I saw the
 
 THE BIBLE AND PROGRESS icr. 
 
 flames of those fires rekindled at which the martyrs 
 died — died forgetful of their pain, with praise and 
 thanksgiving upon their lips, that the}^ had the op- 
 portunity to render their testimony that this was 
 not the life for which they had lived, but that there 
 was a house builded in the heavens, not built of 
 men but built of God, to the vision of which they 
 had lifted their eyes as they passed through the 
 world, which gave them courage to fear no man 
 but to serve God. And I thought that all the 
 records of heroism of the great things that had 
 illustrated human life were summed up in the power 
 of men to see that vision. 
 
 Our present life, ladies and gentlemen, is a very 
 imperfect and disappointing thing. We do not 
 judge our own conduct in the privacy of our own 
 closets by the standards of expediency by which 
 we are daily and hourly governed. Vie know that 
 there is a standard set for us in the heavens, a stand- 
 ard revealed to us in this book which is the fixed and 
 eternal standard by which we judge ourselves, and 
 as we read this book it seems to us that the pages of 
 our own hearts are laid open before us for our own 
 perusal. This is the people's book of revelation, reve- 
 lation of themselves not alone, but revelation of life 
 and of peace. You know that human life is a con- 
 stant struggle. For a man who has lost the sense of 
 struggle, life has ceased. 
 
 I believe that my confidence in the judgment of 
 the people in matters political is based upon my 
 knowledge that the men who are struggling are the
 
 1(16 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 men who know; that the men who are in the midst 
 of the great effort to keep themselves steady in 
 the pressure and rush of life are the men who know 
 the significance of the pressure and the rush of 
 life, and that they, the men on the make, are the 
 men to whom to go for your judgments of what life 
 is and what its problems are. And in this book 
 there is peace simply because we read here the ob- 
 ject of the struggle. No man is satisfied with him- 
 self as the object of the struggle. 
 
 There is a very interesting phrase that constantly 
 comes to our lips which we perhaps do not often 
 enough interpret in its true meaning. We see 
 many a young man start out in life with apparently 
 only this object in view — to make name and fame 
 and power for himself, and there comes a time of 
 maturity and reflection when we say of him, "He 
 has come to himself." When mav I sav that I 
 have come to myself? Only when I have come to 
 recognize my true relations with the rest of the 
 world. We speak of a man losing himself in a 
 desert. If you reflect a moment you will see that 
 is the only thing he has not lost. He himself is 
 there. \Aniat he means when he says that he has 
 lost himself is that he has lost all the rest of the 
 world. He has nothing to steer by. He does not 
 know where any human habitation lies. He does 
 not know where any beaten path and highway is. 
 If he could establish his relationship with any- 
 thing else in the world he would have found him- 
 self. I,et it serve as a picture.
 
 THE BIBLE AND PROGRESS 167 
 
 A man has found himself when he has found his 
 relation to the rest of the universe, and here is 
 the book in which those relations are set forth. 
 And so when you see a man going along the high- 
 wa3^s of life with his gaze lifted above the road, 
 lifted to the sloping ways in front of him, then be 
 careful of that man and get out of his way. He 
 knows the kingdom for which he is bound. He has 
 seen the revelation of himself and of his relations to 
 mankind. He has seen the revelations of his rela- 
 tion to God and his Maker and therefore he has 
 seen his responsibility in the world. This is the 
 revelation of life and of peace. I do not know that 
 peace lies in constant accommodation. I was once 
 asked if I would take part in a great peace con- 
 ference, and I said, "Yes, if I may speak in favor 
 of war" — not the war which we seek to avoid, not 
 the senseless and useless and passionate shedding 
 of human blood, but the only war that brings peace, 
 the war Avith human passions and the war with 
 human wrong — the war which is that untiring and 
 unending process of reform from which no man can 
 refrain and get peace. 
 
 No man can sit down and withhold his hands 
 from the warfare against wrong and get peace out 
 of his acquiescence. The most solid and satisfying 
 peace is that which comes from this constant spirit- 
 ual warfare, and there are times in the history of 
 nations when they must take up tlie crude instru- 
 ments of bloodshed in order to vindicate spiritual 
 conceptions. For liberty is a spiritual conception,
 
 168 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 and when men take up arms to set other men free, 
 there is something sacred and holy in the warfare. 
 I will not cry "Peace" so long .as there is sin and 
 wrong in the world. And this great book does not 
 teach any doctrine of peace so long as there is sin 
 to be combatted and overcome in one's own heart 
 and in the great moving force of human society. 
 
 And so it seems to me that we must look upon the 
 Bible as the great charter of the human soul — as the 
 "Magna Charta" of the human soul. You know the 
 interesting circumstances which gave rise to the 
 Magna Charta. You know the moving scene that 
 was enacted upon the heath at Runnymede. You 
 know how the barons of England, representing the 
 people of England— for they consciously represented 
 the people of England — met upon that historic spot 
 and parleyed with John the king. They said : "We 
 will come to terms with you here." They said : 
 "There are certain inalienable rights of English- 
 speaking men which you must observe. They are 
 not given by you, they cannot be taken away by 
 you. vSign your name here to this parchment up^n 
 which these rights are written and we are your 
 subjects. Refuse to put your name to this docu- 
 ment and we are your sworn enemies. Here are 
 our swords to prove it." 
 
 The franchises of human liberty made the basis 
 of a bargain with a king! There are kings upon 
 the pages of Scripture, but do you think of any 
 king in Scripture as anything else than a mere man? 
 There was the great King David, of a line blessed
 
 THE BIBLE AND PROGRESS 1G9 
 
 because the line from which should spring our Lord 
 and Saviour, a man marked in the history of man- 
 kind as the chosen instrument of God to do justice 
 and exalt righteousness in the people. 
 
 But what does this Bible do for David? Does it 
 utter eulogies upon him? Does it conceal his faults 
 and magnify his virtues? Does it set him up as a 
 great statesman would be set up in a modern bi- 
 ography? No, the book in which his annals are 
 written strips the mask from David, strips every 
 shred of counterfeit and concealment from him and 
 shows him as indeed an instrument of God, but a 
 sinful and selfish man. and the verdict of the Bible 
 is that David, like other men, was one day to stand 
 naked before the judgment seat of God and be 
 judged not as a king, but as a man. Isn't this the 
 book of the people? Is there any man in this Holy 
 Scripture who is exempted from the common stand- 
 ard and judgment? How these pages teem with the 
 masses of mankind ! Are these the annals of the 
 great? These are the annals of Lhe people — of the 
 common run of men. 
 
 The New Testament is the history of the life and 
 the testimony of common men who rallied to the 
 fellowship of Jesus Christ and who by their faith 
 and preaching remade a world that was under the 
 thrall of the Roman army. This is the history of 
 the triumph of the human spirit in the persons of 
 humble men. And how many sorts of men march 
 across the pages, how infinite is the variety of 
 human circumstance and of human dealings and of
 
 no EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 human heroism and love! Is this a picture of ex- 
 traordinary thing-s? This is a picture of the com- 
 mon life of mankind. It is a mirror held up for 
 men's hearts, and it is in this mirror that we marvel 
 to see ourselves portraj^ed. 
 
 How like to the Scripture is all great literature! 
 What is it that entrances us when we read or wit- 
 ness a play of Shakespeare? It is the consciousness 
 that this man, this all-observing mind, saw men of 
 every cast and kind as they were in their habits as 
 they lived. And as passage succeeds passage we 
 seem to see the characters of ourselves and our 
 friends portrayed by this ancient writer, and a play 
 of Shakespeare is just as modern to-day as upon 
 the day it was penned and first enacted. And the 
 Bible is without age or date or time. It is a pic- 
 ture of the human heart displayed for all ages and 
 for all sorts and conditions of men. Moreover, the 
 Bible does what is so invaluable in human life — it 
 classifies moral values. It apprises us that men 
 are not judged according to their wits, but accord- 
 ing to their characters. 
 
 That the last of every man's reputation is his 
 truthfulness, his squaring his conduct with the 
 standards that he knew to be the standards of 
 purity and rectitude. 
 
 How many a man we appraise, ladies and gentle- 
 men, as great to-day whom we do not admire as 
 noble! A man may have great power and small 
 character. And the sweet praise of mankind lies 
 not in their admiration of the smartness with which
 
 THE BIBLE AND PROGRESS in 
 
 the thing was accomplished, but in that lingering 
 love which apprises men that one of their fellows 
 has gone out of life to his own reckoning, where 
 he is sure of the blessed verdict : "Well done, good 
 and faithful servant." 
 
 Did you ever look about you in any great city, in 
 any great capitol, at the statues which have been 
 erected in it? To whom are these statues erected? 
 Are they erected to the men who have piled for- 
 tunes about them? I do not know of any such 
 statue anywhere unless after he had accumulated 
 his fortune the man bestowed it in beneficence upon 
 his fellowmen and alongside of him will stand a 
 statue of another meaning, for it is easy to give 
 money away. I heard a friend of mine say that the 
 standard of generosity was not the amount you 
 gave away, but the amount you had left. It is easy 
 to give away of your abundance, but look at the 
 next statue, the next statue and the next in the 
 market-place of great cities and whom will you 
 see? You will see here a soldier who gave his life 
 to serve, not his own ends, but the interests and 
 the purposes of his country. 
 
 I would be the last, ladies and gentlemen, to dis- 
 parage any of the ordinary occupations of life, but 
 I want to ask you this question : Did you ever see 
 anybody who had lost a son hang up his yardstick 
 over the mantel-piece? Have you not seen many 
 families who had lost their sons hang up their mus- 
 kets and their swords over the mantel-piece? What 
 is the difference between the yardstick and the
 
 172 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 musket? There is nothing but perfect honor in the 
 use of the yardstick, but the yardstick was used for 
 the man's own interest, for his own self-support. 
 It was used merely to fulfil the necessary exigencies 
 of life, whereas the musket was used to serve no 
 possible purpose of his own. He took every risk 
 without any possibility of profit. The musket is the 
 symbol of self-sacrifice and the yardstick is not. 
 A man will instinctively elevate the one as the 
 symbol of honor and never dream of using the other 
 as a symbol of distinction. 
 
 Doesn't that cut pretty deep, and don't you know 
 why the soldier has his monument as against the 
 civilian's? The civilian may have served his State — 
 he also — and here and there you may see a states- 
 man's statue, but the civilian has generally served 
 his country — has often served his country, at any 
 rate — with some idea of promoting his own inter- 
 ests, whereas the soldier has everything to lose and 
 nothing but the gratitude of his fellowmen to win. 
 
 Let every man pray that he may in some true 
 sense be a soldier of fortune, that he may have 
 the good fortune to spend his energies and his life 
 in the service of his fellowmen in order that he may 
 die to be recorded upon the rolls of those who have 
 not thought of themselves but have thought of those 
 whom they served. Isn't this the lesson of our Lord 
 and Saviour Jesus Christ? Am I not reminding 
 you of these common judgments of our life, simply 
 expounding to you this book of revelation, this 
 book which reveals the common man to himself,
 
 THE BIBLE AND PROGRESS 173 
 
 which strips life of its disguises and its pretences 
 and elevates those standards by which alone true 
 greatness and true strength and true valor are 
 assessed? 
 
 Do you wonder, therefore, that when I was asked 
 what my theme this evening would be I said it 
 would be "The Bible and Progress"? We do not 
 judge progress by material standards. America 
 is not ahead of the other nations of the world be- 
 cause she is rich. Nothing makes America great 
 except her thoughts, except her ideals, except her 
 acceptance of those standards of judgment which 
 are written large upon these pages of revelation. 
 America has all along claimed the distinction of 
 setting this example to the civilized world — that 
 men were to think of one another, that governments 
 were to be set up for the service of the people, that 
 men were to be judged by these moral standards 
 which pay no regard to rank or birth or conditions, 
 but which assess every man according to his single 
 and individual value. This is the meaning of this 
 charter of the human soul. This is the standard by 
 which men and nations have more and more come 
 to be judged. And so the form has consisted in 
 nothing more nor less than this — in trying to con- 
 form actual conditions, in trying to square actual 
 laws with the right judgments of human conduct 
 and more than liberty. 
 
 That is the reason that the Bible has stood at the 
 back of progress. That is the reason that reform 
 has come not from the top but from the bottom.
 
 174 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 If you are ever tempted to let a government reform 
 itself, I ask you to'look back in the pages of history 
 and find me a government that reformed itself. If 
 you are ever tempted to let a 'party attempt to re- 
 form itself I ask you to find a party that ever re- 
 formed itself. 
 
 A tree is not nourished by its bloom and by its 
 fruit. It is nourished by its roots, which are down 
 deep in the common and hidden soil, and every pro- 
 cess of purification and rectification comes from the 
 bottom — not from the top. It comes from the 
 masses of struggling human beings, It conies from 
 the instinctive efforts of millions of human hearts 
 trying to beat their way up into the light and 
 into the hope of the future. 
 
 Parties are reformed and governments are cor- 
 rected by the impulses coming out of the hearts of 
 those who never exercised authority and never or- 
 ganized parties. Those are the sources of strength, 
 and I pray God that these sources may never cease 
 to be spiritualized by the immortal subjections of 
 these words of inspiration of the Bible. 
 
 If any statesman sunk in the practices which de- 
 base a nation will but read this single book he will 
 go to his prayers abashed. Do you not realize, 
 ladies and gentlemen, that there is a whole litera- 
 ture in the Bible? It is not one book, but a score of 
 books. Do you realize what literature is? I am 
 sometimes sorry to see the great classics of our 
 English literature used in the schools as text-books, 
 because I am afraid that little children may gain
 
 THE BIBLE AND PROGRESS v:r, 
 
 the impression that these are tonna! lessons to be 
 learned. There is no great book in any language, 
 ladies and gentlemen, that is not the spontaneous 
 outpouring of some great mind or the cry of some 
 great heart. And the reason that poetry moves us 
 more than prose does is that it is the rhythmic and 
 passionate voice of some great spirit that has seen 
 more than his fellowmen can see. 
 
 I have found more true politics in the poets of 
 the English-speaking race than I have ever found 
 in all the formal treatises on political science. There 
 is more of the spirit of our own institutions in a 
 few lines of Tennyson than in all the text-books on 
 government put together : 
 
 "A nation still, the rulers and the ruled, 
 Some sense of duty, something of a faith. 
 Some reverence for the laws ourselves have made, 
 Some patient force to change them when we will, 
 Some civic manhood firm against the crowd." 
 
 Can you find suinmed up the manly, self-helping 
 spirit of Saxon liberty anywhere better than in those 
 few lines? Men afraid of nobodv, afraid of nothing 
 but their own passions, on guard against being 
 caught unaware by their own sudden impulses and 
 so getting their grapple upon life in firm-set insti- 
 tutions, some reverence for the laws themselves 
 have made, some patience, not passionate force, to 
 change them when they will, some civic manhood 
 firm against the crowd. Literature, ladies and gen- 
 tlemen, is revelation of the human spirit, and within 
 the covers of this one book is a whole lot of litera-
 
 176 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 ture, prose and poetry, history and rhapsody, the 
 sober narration of the ecstasy of human excitement — 
 things that ring in one's ears like songs never to be 
 forgotten. And so I say, let us never forget that 
 these deep sources, these wells of inspiration, 
 must always be our sources of refreshment and of re- 
 newal. Then no man can put unjust power upon 
 us. We shall live in that chartered liberty in which 
 a man sees the things imseen, in which he knows 
 that he is bound for a country in which there are no 
 questions mooted any longer of right or wrong. 
 
 Can you imagine a man who did not believe these 
 words, who did not believe in the future life, stand- 
 ing up and doing what has been the heart and cen- 
 ter of liberty always — standing up before the king 
 himself and saying, "Sir, you have sinned and done 
 wrong in the sight of God and I am his messenger 
 of judgment to pronounce upon you the condemna- 
 tion of Almighty God. You may silence me, you 
 may send me to my reckoning with my Maker, but 
 you cannot silence or reverse the judgment." That 
 is what a man feels whose faith is rooted in the 
 Bible. And the man whose faith is rooted in the 
 Bible knows that reform cannot be stayed, that the 
 finger of God that moves upon the face of the na- 
 tions is against every man that plots the nation's 
 downfall or the people's deceit ; that these men are 
 simply groping and staggering in their ignorance 
 to a fearful day of judgment and that whether one 
 generation witnesses it or not, the glad day of reve- 
 lation and of freedom will come in which men will
 
 THE BIBLE AND PROGRESS 177 
 
 sing by the host of the coming of the Lord in His 
 glory, and all of those will be forgotten, those little, 
 scheming, contemptible creatures that forgot the 
 . image of God and tried to frame men according 
 to the image of the Evil One. 
 
 You may remember that allegorical narrative in 
 the Old Testament of those who searched through 
 one cavern after another cutting the holes in the 
 walls and going into the secret places where all 
 sorts of noisome things were worshipped. Men do 
 not dare to let the sun shine in upon such things 
 and upon such occupations and worship. And so I 
 say there will be no halt to the great movement of 
 the armies of reform until men forget their God, 
 until they forget this charter of their liberty. Let 
 no man suppose that progress can be divorced from 
 religion, or that there is an}^ other platform for the 
 ministers of reform than the platform written in the 
 utterances of our Lord and Saviour. 
 
 America was born a Christian nation. America 
 was born to exemplify that devotion to the ele- 
 ments of righteousness which are derived from the 
 revelations of Holy Scripture, 
 
 Ladies and gentlemen, I have a very simple thing 
 to ask of you. I ask of every man and woman in 
 this audience that from this night on they will 
 realize that part of the destiny of America lies in 
 their daily perusal of this great book of revelations 
 — that if they would see America free and pure they 
 will make their own spirits free and pure by this 
 baptism of the H^oly Scripture.
 
 INTERNATIONAL CONCILIATION 
 
 XICHOLAS MURRAY BUTLER 
 
 Excerpts from opening address of Nicholas Murray Butler, 
 the presiding ofHcer at the Lake Mohonk Conference on 
 International Arbitration, 1910. 
 
 No well-informed observer is likely to deny that 
 the cause which this conference is assembled to 
 promote has made importaiit progress during the 
 past year. The several striking incidents which 
 mark that progress — including, in particular, the 
 identic circular note of Secretary Knox bearing date 
 October 18, 1909. proposing the investment of the 
 International Prize Court with the functions of a 
 court of arbitral justice, and the hearty approval 
 which the proposal has met ; the public declaration 
 of President Taft, made in New York on March 22, 
 1910, that there are no questions involving the honor 
 or the interests of a civilized nation which it may 
 not with propriety submit to judicial determination ; 
 the action of the Congress in making an appropria- 
 tion for the Bureau of the Interparliamentary Union 
 for the Promotion of International arbitration, thus 
 committing the United States Government officially 
 to that admirable undertaking; and, finally, the 
 forthcoming submission to the arbitral tribunal at 
 The Hague of the century-old controversy between 
 Creat Britain and the United States as to the New- 
 
 179
 
 180 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 foundland fisheries — all these will be fully recounted 
 here in the course of our present meeting. To those 
 who are impatient for the attainment of our ideal 
 we can only say that progress toward it is steadily 
 making and that the chief forces now at work in 
 the world, political, economic, and ethical, are co- 
 operating with us to bring about its attainment. To 
 those who fear that we may make progress too fast 
 and that some measure of national security will be 
 sacrificed in pushing forward to establish inter- 
 national justice, we can only say that justice is itself 
 the one real and continuing ground of security for 
 both men and nations, and that heretofore in the 
 history of mankind the devil has always been able 
 to take care of his own cause without the necessary 
 aid and comfort of the forces in the world that are 
 aiming at the overthrow of the rule of any power 
 but right 
 
 There is a type of citizen who must be mentioned, 
 because the type is numerous, influential, and im- 
 portant. This is the type which holds the view that, 
 of course, international arbitration is a thing greatly 
 to be desired ; of course, we must all hope for the 
 day when that at present distant, impracticable, 
 and wholly praiseworthy ideal shall be reached ; 
 but that, until that day — which is probably to be 
 the Greek Kalends — we must continue to tax our 
 great modern industrial nations, struggling as they 
 are under the burdens of popular education, and 
 of economic and social betterment, in order that 
 death-dealing instrumentalities may be increased
 
 INTERNATIONAL CONCILIATION 181 
 
 and multiplied, and the several nations thereby 
 protected from invasion and attack. This procedure, 
 so the curious argument runs, is to hasten the com- 
 ing of international arbitration and to promote it. 
 Civilized men, it appears, are to be shot or starved 
 into agreeing to arbitrate. 
 
 This point of view requires for adequate treat- 
 ment not the argurhents of a logician, but the 
 pencil of a Tenniel or the caustic wit of a Mr. 
 Dooley. Look at the situation in the world to-day 
 as this type of man presents it to us. Of course, the 
 United States is a peaceful nation ; of course. Great 
 Britain is a peaceful nation ; of course, Germany 
 and France and Japan are peaceful nations ; but, 
 therefore, because they propose to attack nobody 
 they must so strengthen their defenses, so multiply 
 their navies, and increase their armies that nobody 
 can successfulh^ attack them. Who, pray, is left 
 to attack these peaceful and law-abiding nations if, 
 as we are assured by everybody — both leaders of 
 governments, the moulders of public opinion and 
 the substantially unanimous press of the world — 
 they do not propose to attack each other, unless it 
 be an army of white bears from the newly-discov- 
 ered North Pole or a procession of elephants and 
 camelopards from the jungles of Central Africa? 
 The gullibility of mankind was never more con- 
 clusively demonstrated than by the widespread 
 acceptance of this huge joke, which, unlike most 
 other jokes, has to be paid for at a literally stu- 
 pendous price. Children must go untaught, sani-
 
 183 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 tary inspection and regulation must go unprovided, 
 better workingmen's dwellings must be postponed, 
 provisions for recreation and enlightenment must 
 be put off, conditions accompanying labor, poverty 
 and old asfe must go indefinitelv without ameliora- 
 tion, in order that in this twentieth century men 
 and nations, who, looking in the glass, call them- 
 selves intelligent and practical, may support, main- 
 tain, and propagate this stupendous joke! Either 
 the whole world is being deluded by a witticism of 
 cosmic proportions or some important persons are 
 conspiring to tell an awful lie. 
 
 One of the earliest questions recorded in history 
 is the petulant query of Cain, "Am I my brother's 
 keeper?" On the answer to this question all civili- 
 zation depends. If man is not his brother's keeper, 
 if he may slay and rob and ravage at will for his 
 own advantage, whether that be personal or na- 
 tional, then civilization becomes quite impossible. 
 It is vain to attempt to divert us by analogies drawn 
 from the past history of the race. Mankind has been 
 climbing upward and neither standing on a level 
 nor going down hill. Acts, policies and events 
 which are easily explainable and in large part de- 
 fensible in other days and under other conditions 
 are neither explainable nor defensible now. The 
 twentieth century cannot afford to receive its les- 
 sons in morals, whether personal or national, from 
 the fifteenth or the sixteenth. We are our brothers' 
 keepers and they are ours. The whole world has 
 become a brotherhood of fellow-citizens. The bar-
 
 INTERNATIONAL CONCILIATION 183 
 
 riers of language are slowly breaking down ; wars of 
 religion are almost unheard of; distance in space 
 and time has been practically annihilated by steam 
 and electricity ; trade is as easy today between New 
 York and Calcutta or between London and Hong 
 Kong as it once was between two neighboring shops 
 in the bazaars of Damascus on either side of the 
 street called Straight. What possible reason is there 
 why the fundamental principles which civilization 
 applies to the settlement of differences between in- 
 dividuals cannot now be applied to the settlement 
 of differences between nations? 
 
 The United States has done so much to educate 
 world opinion in the past century and a half that 
 we may well be ambitious for it to do still more. 
 We have shown that to all appearances a federal 
 form of government, extended over a wide area and 
 embracing many competing and sometimes conflict- 
 ing interests, is practicable, and that it can survive 
 even the severe shock of civil war. We have shown 
 that under the guidance of a written constitution, 
 judicially interpreted, there is room for national 
 growth and expansion, for stupendous economic 
 development, for absorption into the body politic 
 of large numbers of foreign born, and for the preser- 
 vation of civil liberty over a considerable period of 
 time. vSuppose now that during the next few 
 decades it might be given to us to lead the way in 
 demonstrating to the world that great sovereign 
 nations, like federated states, may live and grow 
 and do business together in harmony and unity.
 
 184 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 without strife or armed conflict, through the habit 
 of submitting to judicial determination all ques- 
 tions of difference as they may arise, the judicial 
 decree when made to be supported and enforced 
 — after the fashion in which judicial decrees are 
 everywhere supported and enforced — by intelligent 
 public opinion and by an international and neutral 
 police. Might we not then be justified in believing 
 that the place of our beloved country in history was 
 secure? 
 
 What more splendid foundation could there be 
 upon which to build an enduring monument to the 
 American people than their guarantee and preserva- 
 tion of civil liberty, together with national develop- 
 ment at home, and their leadership in establishing 
 the world's peace, together with international de- 
 velopment all around the globe? Dare we leave 
 anything undone to put our own land in the place 
 of highest honor bv reason of its contribution to 
 the establishment of the world's peace and order 
 and happiness through the rule of justice — a rule 
 accepted because it is just and bowed down to be- 
 cause it is right? What picture of glory and of 
 honor has the advocate of brute force to offer us 
 in exchange for this? 
 
 The great movement in which we are engaged 
 is all part and parcel of a new way of life. It means 
 that we must enter with fulness of appreciation into 
 the activities and interests of peoples other than 
 ourselves ; that we must always and everywhere 
 emulate the best they have to teach us and shun
 
 INTERNATIONAL CONCILIATION 185 
 
 the worst ; that we must answer in no uncertain 
 tones that we are our brothers' keepers ; and that, 
 as with men so with nations, the path of justice, of 
 integrity, and of fair dealing is the true path of 
 honor. Let us see to it that we Americans tread 
 steadily in it.
 
 FUTURE IN CHEMISTRY 
 
 WILDER D. BANCROFT 
 
 An address by Professor Wilder D. Bancroft at the dedica- 
 tion of the Chemistry Building of the College of the City of 
 New York, May 14, 1908. 
 
 The future in chemistry ! No two people agree 
 as to what the future development of chemistry is 
 to be, and it is probable that any one man would 
 give you a different answer if the question were 
 put to him at an interval of five years. Depending 
 on whom you ask, you will be told that the really 
 important thing is organic chemistry, inorganic 
 chemistry, physical chemistry, electrochemistry, 
 photochemistry, physiological chemistry, indus- 
 trial chemistry, or what not. I could even name 
 one man who has believed all these . things at 
 one time or another. It is easy to see that pre- 
 dictions like these are the results of opinion that 
 exists. The same diversity of opinion as to what is 
 fundamentally important appears very clearly when 
 we remember that the Carnegie Institution is not 
 making any large grant to chemistry, for the simple 
 reason that the chemists of the country cannot 
 agree as to what problem or group of problems 
 should be attacked. My task to-day is to point out 
 to you what the real future of chemistry will be and 
 
 187
 
 188 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 to make you see that my prophecy is the one that 
 will come true. 
 
 We shall reach our goal most quickly by what is 
 at first sight an indirect way. At the dedication of 
 a chemical, physical, engineering, geological, bio- 
 logical, or medical laboratory, it is customary to 
 have addresses, even as now ; and it is the orthodox 
 thing to say the most important of all the sciences 
 is the science to be studied in that laboratory, 
 whether it be chemistry, physics, engineering, 
 geology, biology, medicine, or something else. I 
 sympathize fully with the practice and I intend to 
 do the same thing myself to-day. You will admit, 
 however, that the people who make addresses of 
 this type at the dedication of laboratories cannot 
 all be right when they talk like that. Some of them 
 must be exaggerating just a little, and in order to 
 acquit the chemist of any such a charge, we must 
 first consider the relation of chemistry to the other 
 sciences. 
 
 We will define chemistry as a study of all prop- 
 erties and changes of matter depending on the 
 nature of the substances concerned. This definition 
 is wider than the usual one. It is one that I have 
 used for years, and it is one which Sir William 
 Ramsay suggested but did not make in his "Intro- 
 duction to the Study of Physical Chemistry." It 
 follows from this definition that physics is a sub- 
 division of chemistry; an important and interesting 
 subdivison, it is true, but only a subdivision. Chem- 
 istry includes all of what is known as physics except
 
 FUTURE IN CHEMISTRY 189 
 
 the law of gravitation, the laws of motion, and a 
 few other abstract formulations. Everything else 
 that gives life and interest to physics is chemistry 
 pure and simple. I admit that this point of view is 
 not popular among my colleagues, the physicists, 
 but their obejctions are natural enough without 
 being valid. Physics was a flourishing science at 
 the time when chemistry, in the narrower sense of 
 the word, was of very little importance. In the 
 case of anything that is expanding and developing, 
 it seems to me axiomatic that you must have the 
 part before we have the whole, and that in the 
 first stages the part will seem the whole. In 1600 
 the men of Great Britain were the whole of the 
 Anglo-Saxon race. To-day they are only a part 
 of it ; an important part, it is true, but only a part. 
 Let us try another illustration. As children we 
 were told that "great oaks from little acorns grow." 
 If you only have the acorn, of course, it is the im- 
 portant thing; but later one sees that the acorn is 
 merely an interesting subdivision or product of the 
 oak, and that is all it is. We may, therefore, class 
 physics as a subdivision of chemistry. 
 
 When we come to engineering, it is clear that we 
 are dealing with applied chemistry. If it were not 
 for the specific properties of iron, copper, concrete, 
 brick, etc., and of all the other materials of engineer- 
 ing, there would be no such subject as engineering. 
 Speaking in a broad sense we may say that engineer- 
 ing is the art of making the structural properties of 
 matter useful to man.
 
 190 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 Geology is the study of the chemistry of the 
 earth. This has been recognized for a long time, 
 and though we speak of the Geophysical Laboratory 
 at Washington, its work is geochemical in fact, 
 though not in name. 
 
 In biology of the present and future we are in- 
 terested in the chemical changes in the living organ- 
 isms due to heredity and environment. Growth is 
 a chemical change. The internal and external struc- 
 tures of plants and animals are the result of a series 
 of chemical changes. After the first stage of identi- 
 fication, enumeration, and classification has been 
 passed, the interests of the biologist are essentially 
 chemxical, and the quality of his work is likely to in- 
 crease as his methods become chemical. The work 
 of Loeb in California is a striking instance of what 
 may happen when a biologist realizes that his sub- 
 ject is a subdivision of chemistry. 
 
 In curative medicine we are dealing largely with 
 the action of drugs. In preventive medicine we are 
 dealing with inoculations, diet, exercise, and fresh 
 air. In the first case we are checking and eliminat- 
 ing an abnormal process, sickness, by the action of 
 one set of chemicals on the system. In the second 
 case we are preventing the occurrence of a disturb- 
 ing chemical process, sickness, by the action of 
 another set of chemicals on the system. Owing to 
 the difficulties involved and to the number of vari- 
 ables concerned, our knowledge of the chemistry of 
 medicine is not yet what it should be ; but it is clear 
 that real progress will be made just in so far as we
 
 FUTURE IX CHEMISTRY 191 
 
 study physiology and medicine as subdivisions of 
 chemistry. I cite as an instance the brilliant work 
 of Arrhenius in the field of immuno-chemistry. 
 
 I have tried to show you that physics, engineering, 
 geology, biology, and medicine are all subdivisions 
 of chemistry. My task is over. The future in 
 chemistry will consist in the change from chemistry 
 as a coordinate science to chemistry as the domi- 
 nant science. With this in mind, can you wonder 
 at the fascination which chemistry has for the 
 chemist? Now you will see why I rejoice that 
 to-day the world is to be the better for a well- 
 equipped laboratory in the hands of a well-equipped 
 staff.
 
 THE UNIVERSITY IS A DEMOCRACY 
 
 NICHOLAS MURRAY BUTLER 
 
 An address delivered at the installation of Edwin Anderson 
 Alderman as President of the University of Virgipia, April 
 13, 1905. by Nicholas Murray Butler, representing the univer- 
 sities of the North. 
 
 Ladies and Gentlemen, — One of the most charm- 
 ing of the shorter Dialogues of Plato has for its 
 subject friendship. After subtle and amusing dis- 
 cussions, you will remember, Socrates and his two 
 young friends profess themselves tmable to discover 
 what is a friend ! If fools may rush in where angels 
 fear to tread, shall we not say that intimate asso- 
 ciation, complete confidence, and mtellectual sym- 
 pathy are the sure bases of friendship between men? 
 Then are we met to-day — some of us, I know, many 
 of us, no doubt — to hail a friend, to bid him God- 
 speed, and to stand at his side while he publicly 
 consecrates himself to the service of an ideal. And 
 than that ideal there is none loftier or more noble. 
 It is the service of truth and of mankind, surrounded 
 by all the uplift, all the vigor, and all the oppor- 
 tunity of our American democracy. 
 
 The human l^rain has conceived no finer career 
 than that ofifered by a university in a democracy. 
 No longer do universities, however beautiful their 
 fabric, content, themselves with "whispering from 
 
 193
 
 194 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 their towers the last enchantments of the Middle 
 Age," for the}^ must busily explain to a new age 
 the manifold enchantments of its own making. No 
 longer do universities, however ancient their tradi- 
 tions, carefully shun the practical, for they must 
 ceaselessl}^ teach that the truly practical is but the 
 embodiment of those everlasting principles which 
 have been since the world began. The shackles, 
 too, are gone — the shackles theologic, the shackles 
 philosophic, the shackles scientific. The truth has 
 made us free. 
 
 Our political liberty and our university freedom 
 grew up side by side. The same promptings of the 
 spirit that brought to pass the one gave us also 
 the other. It is worth minding, too, that it was 
 not blind passion, but untamed and reckless force, 
 but reflective thought that sowed the seeds of both. 
 Moreover, political liberty and university freedom 
 have this in common — the making of men. Tyranny 
 and censored thinking may conceivably make a 
 man or two now and then, but they could never 
 make men. And men, real men, with disciplined 
 minds, with finely formed and tempered characters, 
 with the power to grow by serving, are the best 
 product of the ages ; for with our political liberty 
 and our universities does freedom exist. 
 
 Consider for a moment what it is that our democ- 
 racy demands of its universities. It demands a de- 
 tachment which judges fairly, without an aloofness 
 that fails to sympathize. It demands a progressive- 
 ness which presses forward without a pace that
 
 UNIVERSITY A DEMOCRACY 195 
 
 leaves appreciation breathless. It demands a scholar- 
 ship which is solid and sure, without a pedantry 
 that is sterile and suflfocating. It demands a his- 
 toric sense which interprets the present by the past, 
 without an ancestor-worship that bows the head in 
 contemplative awe. It demands a catholicity of 
 spirit which bars no excellence without a super- 
 ficial sentimentality that stops short of having con- 
 victions. Out of these elements is the atmosphere 
 of a university compounded — detachment, progress- 
 iveness, scholarship, historic sense, catholicity. Is 
 it possible for a democracy to pay too much honor 
 to its universities? What life is better than a life 
 which helps a university on its way? 
 
 It is trite to say that universities are among 
 the oldest of human institutions, yet it is worth 
 repeating now and then. Universities are older 
 than parliamentary government, older even than our 
 familiar spoken tongues ; they are but a little 
 younger than the Roman law and the Roman 
 Church. Stately, then, they are, and wise with 
 watching many men and many moods, as well as 
 useful and skilful, too, both to inquire and to teach. 
 In the beginning the universities never doubted the 
 validity of their method; it was an all-conquering 
 syllogistic logic. To-day the universities are little 
 given to doubt the validity of that scientfic method 
 which has displaced the syllogistic. It may be 
 well for the confident modern to remember the 
 errors of the equally confident scholar of the Middle 
 Age and to profit by his example, if possible. If,
 
 196 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 as Socrates said, an unexamined life is not worth 
 living, then surely an uncriticised method abounds 
 in danger. The university that does not persistently 
 examine the validity of its method ; that does not 
 question its assumptions; that does not, in other 
 words, pay to philosophy its just and necessary due, 
 will not remain a university long. 
 
 To a university in a democracy you come, old 
 friend, as counselor and guide. The task is not a 
 new one to your head and hand. Yonder in the old 
 North State, and across the mountains in the Cres- 
 ent City, where the mighty father of waters halts 
 for a moment before ending his winding course, 
 you have taken the reins and driven skilfully the 
 chariot of scholarship and of service. To-day the 
 scene is new. Here are fine traditions, noble ideals, 
 brilliant achievement. May the passing years bring- 
 only glory to the nation's University that is set in 
 the Old Dominion's crown, and which bears her 
 splendid name, and only happiness and honor to the 
 President, to whom to-day with high hope and sin- 
 cere afifection we bid Godspeed.
 
 INAUGURAL ADDRESS 
 
 GEORGK E. VINCENT 
 
 George E. Vincent, President of the University of Minne- 
 sota, succeeded Cyrus Northrop in October, igii. The fol- 
 lowing speech is abridged from his inaugural address : 
 
 The ceremonies of this hour mark not so much 
 the coming of a man as the beginning of a new 
 phase in the life of the university. In the sweep 
 of time most men are merged in the on-going human 
 tide. It is wise, therefore, to look beneath the 
 formal and the personal ; to ask what this occasion 
 really means or what it ought to mean. 
 
 Of one thing there can 1)e no doubt. This day 
 sees the passing of a personal leadership, although 
 happily not the waning of that personal influence. 
 Not all mortals are destined to be engulfed in the 
 nameless millions of mankind. A few outstanding 
 men cannot be forgotten. "An institution," said 
 Emerson, "is but the lengthening shadow of one 
 man." Minnesota, in this sense, will be the length- 
 ening shadow of Cyrus Northrop. Such unity as 
 the University has found is due almost wholly to 
 the fusing power of his winning and guiding per- 
 sonality. The University stands a living tribute to 
 the quick sympathy, humorous tolerance, harmoniz- 
 ing tact, alert intelligence, and moral earnestness 
 
 197
 
 198 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 of its President Emeritus. He had to convince an 
 often skeptical outside public; he had to moderate 
 and adjust keen rivalries within the institution. Col- 
 leges and departments sought their own ends with 
 only a faint glimpse of the university as a whole. 
 As he lays down the burden of twenty-seven years 
 he leaves the institution firmly grounded in the 
 good will of the people, and unified by the loyalty 
 of faculty, alumni, and students. We should sadly 
 miss the meaning of this day did we fail to turn 
 our grateful thoughts toward Cyrus Northrop and 
 to wish him many years of serenity and happiness. 
 Unlike Macbeth, he has 
 
 "... that which should accompany old age, 
 As honor, love, obedience, troops of friends." 
 
 To-day the University sets its face toward a new 
 regime. No man can take the unique place of its 
 second president. The burden must rest on many 
 men and women, who, as comrades, take up the 
 task. The gains of the personal ascendancy that 
 has passed must be capitalized. Cooperation, organi- 
 zation, team-play, are keynotes for the coming years. 
 An institutional period is at hand. Loyalty must 
 look to purposes rather than to a person. Leader- 
 ship will consist in carrying out policies which 
 many have helped to formulate. Regents, faculties, 
 alumni, students— all citizens — must see the institu- 
 tion more vividly as a noble trust to be administered 
 for the common good. This spirit of cooperation 
 can be aroused only by a compelling vision of the
 
 INAUGURAL ADDRESS 199 
 
 University seen as an organ of the higher life of 
 the Commonwealth. And this ideal must get its 
 setting in some inspiring philosophy of the State. 
 
 ]Mr. H. G. ^^"ells tells us that we, as a nation, 
 suffer from "State blindness." "The typical Ameri- 
 can," he says, "has no 'sense of the State.' I do not 
 mean that he is not passionately and vigorously 
 patriotic. But I mean that he has no coneption 
 that his business activities, his private employments, 
 are constituents in a large collective process ; that 
 they affect other people and the world forever, and 
 cannot, as he imagines, begin and end with him." 
 
 Even our friendly critic, the British ambassador, 
 takes much the same view. "The State," declares 
 Mr. Bryce, "is not to them (Americans), as to Ger- 
 mans or Frenchmen, and even to some English 
 thinkers, an ideal moral power, charged with the 
 duty of forming the characters and guiding the 
 lives of its subjects. It is more like a com- 
 mercial company, or, perhaps, a huge municipality 
 created for the management of certain business in 
 which all who reside within its bounds are inter- 
 ested. . . ." This individualistic "stock com- 
 pany" theory of the Commonwealth is neither en- 
 nobling in itself nor does it afford a sound basis 
 for a State-supported university. We may para- 
 phrase Mr. Joseph Chamberlin on the British Con- 
 stitution, and thank God that our institutions are 
 not logical. This philosophy would almost reduce 
 the university to a machine for turning out persons 
 equipped at public expense for getting a living out
 
 200 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 of the citizens who had been already taxed to train 
 their exploiters. On this basis it is hard to see why 
 the State should give privileges to a few at the 
 expense of their fellows. Even the "antidote against 
 ignorance" philosophy leaves the imagination cold. 
 This is only a sublimated form of the policeman 
 theory. Obviously we need some other conception 
 of the State if we are to escape cynicism about 
 both our social system and our public higher edu- 
 cation. 
 
 But we cannot admit that Mr. Wells and Mr. 
 Bryce have quite made out their case. There are 
 signs of change in the feeling of Americans toward 
 the State. Especially in the middle and far West 
 do we note a keener recognition of collective inter- 
 ests and purposes. There is a quickened feeling of 
 team-play, a clearer "sense of the state," which is 
 thought of not in a merely political way, but is 
 looked at as a social life with common aims. The 
 people of a State have learned to work together to 
 protect natural resources, to foster agriculture, to 
 safeguard public health, to regulate industry and 
 commerce, to promote the highways, to care for 
 the defective and dependent, to promote education. 
 They have done these things sometimes through the 
 machinery of government, sometimes through un- 
 official groups. All this community activity has in- 
 evitably changed the picture of the State in the 
 minds of its citizens. The Commonwealth emerges 
 as something far nobler than a stock company run 
 for the profit of its shareholders. It does become
 
 INAUGURAL ADDRESS 201 
 
 "an ideal moral power," a larger life in which men 
 and women realize more fully their best selves, and 
 to which they give something that will endure for 
 all time. The State is coming to stand for a common 
 life, which seeks to gain ever higher levels of effi- 
 ciency, justice, happiness, and solidarity. 
 
 In a picture like this the State university finds 
 both setting and sanction. It becomes an instru- 
 ment of the general purpose, a training place of 
 social servants, a counsellor of the Commonwealth, 
 a source of knowledge and idealism. It is this vision 
 which must fascinate and control the men and 
 women who are to-day taking up anew the responsi- 
 bility for this institution. Arnold Toynbee once 
 said : "Enthusiasm can only be aroused by two 
 things — first, an ideal Avhich takes the imagination 
 by storm ; and, second, a definite, intelligible plan 
 for carrying this ideal out into practice." Here is 
 the whole philosophy of successful effort. Many an 
 ideal comes to naught because it lacks the right 
 means of expression. Many a well-laid plan misses 
 the emotional energy aroused by a vision. Emer- 
 son's Oxford don whose philosophy read, "Nothing 
 new, nothing true, and no matter," was not of those 
 who bring things to pass. We do well to-day to 
 catch a glimpse if we can of the university that 
 ought to be, with the hope that it may "take our 
 imaginations by storm" and urge us to devise "defi- 
 nite and intelligible" plans for action 
 
 Let us glance rapidly at the chief things that 
 combine in the uiiixersitv ideal which we would fix
 
 202 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 in our minds to-day. If the phrase "glittering gen- 
 eralities" dampens our ardor, we may take courage 
 from Emerson's spirited retort, when Choate applied 
 these words to the lines of the Declaration of Inde- 
 pendence : "Glittering generalities !" cried the Sage 
 of Concord, "they are blazing ubiquities!" 
 
 The picture of the State as a collective life, which 
 seeks common ends by concerted effort, makes the 
 State university a means of social efficiency and 
 progress. The older individualistic theory no longer 
 satisfies even those who put their faith in private 
 initiative and responsibility. The university aims 
 first of all to serve the Commonwealth through indi- 
 viduals, not to ofifer personal privilege at State ex- 
 pense. Alma Mater is of a Spartan type, and trains 
 her sons and daughters for work and for life. She 
 must teach the robust gospel that "It is the one base 
 thing to receive and not to give." She must insist 
 that "Life is not a cup to be drained, but a measure 
 to be filled." For the old aristocratic ideal of 
 noblesse oblige she substitutes the sentiment larg- 
 esse oblige. Acceptance of public aid may make a 
 pauper or an ingrate or a loyal servant of the 
 State. If tax-supported higher education is to be 
 justified, it must see itself and make the people see 
 it as an instrument of the common life, and not an 
 agency of privilege. 
 
 The first president of Johns Hopkins University 
 was fond of saying that buildings are but the shell 
 of the university; its real life lies in its men. He 
 was proud of the fact that at the very outset an
 
 INAUGURAL ADDRESS 203 
 
 eminent physicist like Rowland used a kitchen as 
 his laboratory. Only great men and women can 
 make a university great. Better inspired investiga- 
 tors and teachers in barracks than a staff of indus- 
 trious mediocrity in marble palaces. Best of all, 
 alert, well-trained, high-minded scholars in service- 
 able buildings with adequate equipment. If, how- 
 ever, a choice must be made, it should never hesi- 
 tate between men and materials. The university 
 which is true to its ideals will draw and hold an 
 able staff by salaries that banish petty anxiety, by 
 freedom from drudgery, by opportunities for re- 
 search and public service, and by dignifying recogni- 
 tion. No institution that thinks of investigators and 
 teachers as employees is likely to secure any but 
 the drudges of the profession. 
 
 "Enthusiasm for truth, that fanaticism of verac- 
 ity," which Huxley deemed "a greater possession 
 than much learning" is the very life of a true uni- 
 versity No ingenious machinery of 
 
 scholarship, no mere pedantry which, as a wit has 
 said, "never takes a step without leaving a foot- 
 note," can take the place of the genuine passion 
 for new truth. The ideal university will not deceive 
 itself or others by any perfunctory simulation of 
 research. It will seek men who have the dauntless 
 "fanaticism of veracity." 
 
 "The teaching at the ideal university, declares 
 Birrell, "is without equivocation and without com- 
 promise. Its notes are zeal, accuracy, fullness, and 
 authority." It is hard to keep the functions of teach-
 
 201 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKINCx 
 
 ing and investigation in equal honor. AVhere re- 
 search is exalted, instruction is too often lightly 
 esteemed. The "mere teacher," as the patronizing 
 phrase runs, suffers in rank and salary and social 
 status. In the university of our dreams the noble 
 calling of imparting truth, stimulating reflection, and 
 kindling enthusiasm will be held in high repute. But 
 the two types will not be too sharply contrasted, 
 for he who teaches "with zeal, accuracy, fullness, 
 and authority" must refresh himself constantly at 
 the sources of knowledge, while no man who pushes 
 forward the frontiers of science can fail to impart 
 with zest to at least a small group of followers the 
 new truth that he has discovered. The two type^ 
 must hold each other in respect and honor, and 
 both must be held up for admiration b}' their col- 
 leagues. 
 
 In an ideal university students should be treated 
 not as subjects, but as citizens of the republic of 
 letters and science. Students have not always been 
 in pupilage. Frederick Barbarossa conferred such 
 powers upon the students of Bologna that they not 
 only lorded it over the townfolk, but we are told 
 "reduced the latter (professors) to a position of 
 humble deference to the very body they were called 
 upon to instruct." To admit students to academic 
 citizenship, however, is not to surrender to them 
 control of the university. It is simply to emphasize 
 their share in the community life ; to fix upon them 
 responsibility and to afford that training in cor- 
 porate self-control — the selection of leaders, the
 
 IXAUGURAL ADDRESS 205 
 
 creation of standards, the conformity to these — 
 which is the very essence of democracy. The uni- 
 versity must hark back to the mediaeval ideal of a 
 "Universitas magistrorum et studentium" — a corpo- 
 ration of teachers and scholars. The alumni, too, 
 must feel themselves a part of this corporation. 
 They do not, as at the English universities, legally 
 control, but actually they have great power and 
 responsibility. They will not be mere praisers of 
 the past, and resent change becattse the memories 
 of their undergraduate days have been embalmed 
 in sentiment. On the contrary, they will often take 
 the initiative in new movements. They will report 
 impressions gathered as they mingle with the 
 people of the State ; they will feel not only free, 
 but in duty bound to make suggestions ; they will 
 make it a point to know what the university is aim- 
 ing at, and will help to interpret the institution to 
 the State. The alumni will frequent the only lobbies 
 that the university can afford to enter, the daily 
 converse of citizens and the agencies of publicity. 
 And all this the alumni can do effectively only 
 through an organization which will cooperate heart- 
 ily with the other members of the university com- 
 munity. 
 
 If a people is not to perish mentally and spirit- 
 ually, it must be steadily refreshed by streams of 
 thought and idealism. Of these, the university 
 strives to be a perennial source. Unless graduation 
 is a mockery, hundreds of men and women go forth 
 each year to diffuse throughout the Commonwealth
 
 206 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 the ideas and attitude toward life which they gained 
 from their colleg-e training. The value of all this 
 must be as real as it is intangible. Mathew Arnold 
 has described the effect of such diffusion of ideas in 
 speaking of "this knowledge turning a stream of 
 fresh and free thought upon our stock notions and 
 habits, which we now follow staunchly, but me- 
 chanicall}^ vainly imagining that there is a virtue 
 in following them staunchly, which makes up for 
 the mischief of following them mechanically." If 
 a State is to be flexible and escape the bonds of 
 habit and custom, it must be constantly revivified. 
 In this service the university must play a leading 
 part 
 
 To find exceptional men and women, to train 
 them for service, to fit them for leadership, to fill 
 them with zeal for truth and justice, is the one 
 great aim of the university. "The mind which 
 keeps the mass in motion," said Godkin, "would 
 most probably, if we could lay bare the secret of 
 national vigor, be found in the possession of a very 
 small proportion of the people, though not in any 
 class in particular, neither among the rich nor the 
 poor, the learned nor the simple, capitalists nor 
 laborers " 
 
 From the university towers the searchlights must 
 be ever sweeping countryside, village, town, and 
 cit}^ for the "minds which keep the mass in motion." 
 
 Standards of truth, skill, taste, efficiency are the 
 capitalized experience of society, essential to stabil- 
 ity and progress. Of these standards, the university
 
 INAUGURAL ADDRESS 207 
 
 is one of the guardians. To these, come what may, 
 it must be true. No sympathy for individuals, no 
 pressure of influence, no fear of retaliation, no desire 
 for numbers m.ust weaken fidelity to standards. 
 Freedom of research, freedom of teaching, high 
 ideals of productive scholarship and of professional 
 integrity, conscientious and fearless appraisal of 
 students' work are of vital concern to the university 
 and to the State it serves. To help to refine and 
 raise these standards, to adjust them more nicely 
 to social needs, to fix these values in public opinion, 
 is a duty of the ideal universit}'. 
 
 In the striking phrase of President Van ITise, the 
 university must aim at being the "expert advisor 
 of the State." How stirring the thought of a well 
 organized and efficiently manned center of knowl- 
 edge, skill, and wisdom, holding itself at the dis- 
 posal of every constructive interest and activity 
 of the community, and ready to concentrate upon 
 their problems the sifted experience of all the world. 
 In this responsiveness the true university expresses 
 its purpose and spirit. It is a bureau of information, 
 the stored memory of civilization, an alert inves- 
 tigator of new facts; it is a friendly and at the same 
 time a disinterested counsellor. It is pathetic to 
 see men, isolated from the wisdom of the centuries 
 and of their own times, hopefully assailing the ever 
 recurring problems of life. The waste of effort, the 
 futility of duplicating errors, cry out for aid. The 
 opportunities for service multiply with each year. 
 We are coming to realize that good farming is no
 
 208 EXTEA'IPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 longer a robbing, but a recompensing of the soil ; 
 that it costs as much to plant bad seed as good ; 
 that sometimes cows are pensioners instead of pro- 
 ducers; that bad highways are the heaviest road 
 tax ; that cheap schools are the most expensive ; that 
 public health is national capital ; that juvenile delin- 
 quency conies less from depravity than from depri- 
 vation ; that industrial accidents are not lawyers' 
 perquisites, but costs of production ; that all idle- 
 ness is not due to indolence ; that social legislation 
 is not an amiable avocation, but an exacting profes- 
 sion ; that municipal government should not be so 
 skilfully designed to prevent bad men from doing 
 harm, that it keeps honest and efficient men from 
 doing good ; that the United States must trust less 
 to a "manifest destiny" and more to a constructive 
 purpose. In these changes of theory and method 
 there is need of accurate knowledge, carefully inter- 
 preted experiment, and authoritative advice. If the 
 university is true to its mission, it will put all 
 of its resources and its trained experts at the ser- 
 vice of the community. Amid the conflicts and 
 rivalries of many interests, parties, sects, sections, 
 professions, social groups, the university must never 
 waver from the position of an unimpassioned, un- 
 prejudiced seeker for the truth, all of it, and that 
 alone. This responsibility is not to be assumed 
 lightl}'. Mistakes are costly in public confidence. 
 Eternal vigilance is the price of prestige. The dis- 
 comfiture of the expert gives joy to the average 
 citizen. The ideal university must, therefore, be
 
 INAUGURAL ADDRESS 209 
 
 true to the most rigorous laws of scientific method 
 if the institution is to gain and hold its place as 
 
 the "expert advisor of the State." 
 
 \\'e have caught glimpses of the university ideal. 
 May this, as the years pass, grow ever clearer, 
 nobler, more inspiring. May it take our "imagina- 
 tions by storm," not as an evanescent emotion, but 
 as a persistent vision. We remember Toynbee's 
 words, "a definite intelligible plan for carrying that 
 ideal out into practice." It is to the many details 
 of this plan that as colleagues we are to address our- 
 selves. May we take up this great task with a sol- 
 emn sense of what it means. We must not deceive 
 ourselves. We advance to no easy triumphs. We 
 must cherish no millennial dreams. We must have 
 faith that good-will, guided by wisdom, will in the 
 end bring our vision to pass. Let us, then, with 
 sober judgment and steady courage, pledge anew 
 our lovaltv to the ideals of the universitv, to the 
 people of the State, and to that republic of science, 
 letters, and the arts which knows no national boun- 
 daries. May each of us take to heart the counsel of 
 Goethe : 
 
 "What each day needs, that shalt thou ask; 
 Each day will set its proper task. 
 Give others' work just share of praise; 
 Not of thine own the merits raise. 
 Beware no fellow man thou hate ; 
 And so in God's hands leave thy fate."
 
 THE DELAYS AND DEFECTS IN THE 
 
 ENFORCEMENT OF LAW IN 
 
 THIS COUNTRY 
 
 WILLIA.M HOWARD TAFT 
 
 Parts of an address delivered bj' William H. Taft before the 
 Civic Forum, in New York City, April 28, igo8. 
 
 If one were to be asked in what respect we had 
 fallen farthest short of ideal conditions in our whole 
 government, I think he would be justified in answer- 
 ing, in spite of the failure that we have made gen- 
 erally m municipal government, that the greatest 
 reform which could be effected would be expedition 
 and thoroughness in the enforcement of public and 
 private rights in our courts. I do not mean to say 
 that the judges of the courts are lacking either in 
 honesty, industry, or knowledge of the law, but I 
 do mean to say that the machinery of which they 
 are a part is so cumbersome and slow and expensive 
 for the litigants — public and private— that the whole 
 judicial branch of the government fails in a marked 
 way to accomplish certain of the purposes for which 
 it was created. 
 
 In the courts of first instance and in the inter- 
 mediate appellate courts of the United States there 
 is much more delay than is necessary. In the first 
 place, the codes of procedure are much too elabo- 
 
 211
 
 212 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 rate. It is possible to have a code of procedure 
 simple and effective. This is shown by the present 
 procedure in the English courts framed by rules of 
 court. The code of the State of New York is stag- 
 gering- in the number of its sections. A similar 
 defect exists in some civil law countries. The elabo- 
 rate Spanish code of procedure that we found in the 
 Philippines when we first went there could be used 
 by a dilatory defendant to keep the plaintiff stamp- 
 ing in the vestibule of justice until time had made 
 justice impossible. Every additional technicality, 
 every additional rule of procedure adds to the ex- 
 pense of litigation. It is inevitable that with an 
 elaborate code, the expense of a suit involving a 
 small sum is in proportion far greater than that 
 involving a large sum. Hence, it results that the 
 cost of justice to the poor is always greater than 
 it is to the rich, assuming that the poor are more 
 often interested in small cases and the rich in large 
 ones — a fairly reasonable assumption. In perhaps 
 less than half the cases a jury trial is possible, and 
 necessary if demanded. This adds to the elaborate 
 machinery necessary for the adjustment and de- 
 cision of the rights of the litigants. It greatly in- 
 creases the time taken in the disposition of the case, 
 and also the expense attendant on the trial. In the 
 Federal courts, upon demand, a jury trial must be 
 had in all cases at common law involving more 
 than twenty dollars. 
 
 One reason for unreasonable delay in the lower 
 courts is the disposition of judges to wait an undue
 
 THE LAW'S DELAYS 213 
 
 length of time in the writing" of their opinions or 
 judgments. I speak with confidence on this point, 
 for I have sinned myself. In English courts the 
 ordinary practice is for the judge to deliver his 
 opinion immediately upon the close of the argument, 
 and this is the practice which ought to be enforced 
 so far as possible in our courts of first instance. It 
 is a great deal more important that the court of first 
 instance should decide promptly than that it should 
 decide right. Such practice of deciding cases at the 
 close of the hearing makes the judge very much 
 more attentive to the argument during its presenta- 
 tion and much more likely on the wdiole to decide 
 right when the evidence and the arguments are 
 fresh in his mind. In the Philippines the system has 
 been adopted of refusing a judge his regular monthly 
 stipend unless he can file a certificate, with the 
 receipt for the money, in which he certifies on honor 
 that he has disposed of all the business submitted 
 to him within the previous sixty days. This has 
 had a marvellously good effect in keeping the 
 dockets of the court clear. 
 
 One of the great difficulties with the profession 
 of the law — whether the members are judges or ad- 
 vocates — is the disposition to treat the litigants as 
 made for the courts and the lawyers, and not the 
 courts and lawyers as made for the litigants. And 
 as it is lawyers who in jttdicial committees of the 
 legislatures draft the codes of procedure, there is 
 too frequently not present in as strong impelling 
 force as it ought to be the motive for simplifying
 
 214 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 the procedure and making the final disposition of 
 cases as short as possible. In the end, this would 
 be greatly in the interest of the lawyers, because 
 they would have more business. The present condi- 
 tions of delay in the courts and inability to obtain 
 final decisions within a reasonably short time, lead 
 those who are able to arbitrate their cases out of 
 court and lead many a part to a controversy to yield 
 to unjust claims rather than to expose himself to the 
 nervous strain and expensive burden of a long- 
 drawn-out contest in court. 
 
 We have, as is well understood, certam constitu- 
 tional restrictions as to the procedure in criminal 
 cases which offer protection to the accused and 
 present difficulties in the proof of his guilt to the 
 government. But these obtain as well in the English 
 courts as in our own, and, therefore, their existence 
 does not ofTer a reason for the delays which we have 
 here and which are absent in the English adminis- 
 tration of justice. A murder case, which in this 
 country is permitted to drag itself out for three 
 weeks or a month, in England is disposed of in a day, 
 two days, or, at the most, three days — certainly in 
 less than one-fifth the time. This is because the 
 judges insist upon expedition by the counsel, cut 
 short useless cross-examination, and confine the evi- 
 dence to the nub of the case. It is due to the greater 
 power which the English judge is given, in accord- 
 ance with the common law rule, as to the respective 
 functions of the court and jury. With such speed, 
 it would be possible for the prosecuting attorneys
 
 THE LAWS DELAYS 215 
 
 to clear their dockets, whereas now they are utterly 
 unable to do so. A man who is indicted and has 
 means with which to secure bail is released on 
 bond, unless he is confined for murder in the first 
 degree. The pressure upon the prosecuting- officers 
 is for the trial of those who are in jail and unable 
 to give bail, and the result usually is that there is 
 but little time for the trial of those who are re- 
 leased on bail ; so continuances are granted from 
 time to time in the bailed cases, the evidence fades 
 and disappears, newer and more sensational cases 
 come on, and ultimately nollies are entered, and 
 the indicted man escapes. This is the explanation 
 why so many crimes are not punished. Much of the 
 difficulty and failure of justice would be avoided if 
 greater expedition were used in the cases which are 
 tried. 
 
 Another cause of delay is the difficulty of secur- 
 ing jurors properly sensible of the duty which they 
 are summoned to perform. In the extreme tender- 
 ness the State legislatures exhibit toward persons 
 accused as criminals, and especially as murderers, 
 they allow peremptory challenges to the defendant 
 in excess of those allowed to the State. In my own 
 State of Ohio for a long time the law was that the 
 State was allowed two peremptory challenges and 
 the defendant twenty-three in capital cases. This 
 very great discrepancy between the two sides of 
 the case allowed the defendant's counsel to eliminate 
 from all panels every man of force and character 
 and standing in the community, and to assemble a
 
 316 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 collection in the jury box of nondescripts of no 
 character, weak, and amenable to every breeze of 
 emotion, however maudlin or errelevant to the issue. 
 
 One very salutary provision which ought to be 
 introduced into the statutes of every State and the 
 statutes of the United States in regard to appeals 
 in criminal cases, and indeed in regard to appeals in 
 civil cases, would be that no judgment of a trial 
 court should be reversed except for an error which 
 the court, after reading the entire record, can 
 affirmatively say would have led to a different ver- 
 dict and judgment. This would do no injustice and 
 would end rei'ersals for technicalities. 
 
 And, now, what has been the result of the lax 
 administration of criminal law in this country? 
 Criminal statistics are exceedingly difficult to 
 obtain. The number of homicides one can note 
 from the daily newspapers, the number of lynchings, 
 and the number of executions, but the number oi 
 indictments, trials, convictions, acquittals, or mis- 
 trials it is hard to find. Since 1885 in the United 
 States there have been 131,951 murders and homi- 
 cides, and there have been 2,286 executions. In ]8'-'5 
 the number of murders was 1,808. In 190-± it had 
 increased to 8.482. The number of executions in 
 1885 was 108. In 1904 it was 116. This startling 
 increase in tlie number of murders and homicides 
 as compared with the number of executions tells 
 the story. As murder is on the increase, so are all 
 offences of the felony class, and there can be no 
 doubt that thev will continue to increase unless the
 
 THE LAW'S DELAYS 217 
 
 criminal laws are enforced with more certainty, 
 more uniformity, more severity than they now are. 
 I freely admit that the strongest force in a com- 
 munity like this is the force of public opinion, and 
 that frequently the existence of evils in the com- 
 munity is due to the fact that the force of public 
 opinion is not sufiiciently directed to the evil in 
 hand. The enormous discrepancy between the 
 crimes which are committed and the crimes which 
 are actually brought to trial is sufficient to show 
 that the force of public opinion is not acute enough 
 and is not directed against the prosecuting officers 
 and the judicial officers with sufficient vigor to 
 bring every man guilty of an ofifence to trial. Of 
 recent years we have been engaged in the trial of 
 wealth}' men and corporations charged with violat- 
 ing the anti-trust laws and the anti-rebate laws, or 
 laws against railway discrimination. In the trials 
 which have ensued there has been brought home to 
 the public the possibility of contest offered to 
 wealthy defendants who employ acute counsel to 
 take advantage of all the technicalities and delays 
 which the laws at present in force ofifer. It is quite 
 possible that the escape of wealthy malefactors 
 under our present criminal system from just punish- 
 ment will bring home to the people at large the con- 
 viction which ought to obtain, that in the tender- 
 ness toward the individual charged with crime mani- 
 fested by legislatures and lawmakers during the 
 last fifty years in this country, great injustice has 
 been done to the interests of the public and that is 
 a time for the calling of a halt.
 
 THE INDETERMINATE SENTENCE, THE 
 PAROLE. AND THE NEW CRIMI- 
 NOLOGY 
 
 FREDERICK HOWARD WINES 
 
 Parts of an address by Frederick Howard Wines, before 
 the Chamber of Commerce, Springfield, 111., March 2, iqio. 
 
 Criminology is the science and art of dealing with 
 crime and criminals. The new criminology is the 
 natural and inevitable reaction against the old, 
 against the penal codes and penal establishments, 
 which it is its aim to replace by others more in 
 harmony with modern intelligence and civilization. 
 
 The indeterminate sentence and the parole, or 
 conditional liberation, though separable in thought 
 and in law, are vitally related to each other as 
 component parts of an advanced prison system ; the 
 attempt to sever them from each other would re- 
 semble the rejected proposal to cut the bond that 
 united the Siamese twins lest it should prove fatal 
 to one or both. The indeterminate sentence is the 
 central feature of the new criminology. 
 
 As an advocate of the new criminology, I shall 
 endeavor to demonstrate that the abandonment in 
 Illinois of the indeterminate sentence, which would 
 necessarily follow a successful attack upon the 
 parole law. would be a retrograde step in the on- 
 ward march of science and of religion. 
 
 219
 
 220 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 It is now very nearly half a century since my 
 father, the acknowledged leader of prison reform 
 throughout the world, the founder of the national 
 prison association and of the international peniten- 
 tiary congress, awakened my interest in the prison 
 question. When I consider the state of American 
 prisons then and the advance that has been made 
 since, I am moved to exclaim, with Hamlet, "Look 
 here, upon this picture, and on this ;" or, in the 
 words of the first telegram sent over the line be- 
 tween Baltimore and Washington, "What hath God 
 wrought." 
 
 There were at that time three great wrongs that 
 loudly called for redress; political control of prisons, 
 contract labor in prisons, and the undue frequency 
 and severity of disciplinary punishments. The 
 profits of the system went to the contractor and the 
 political leader; the convict was its helpless victim. 
 
 Convict labor is unwilling labor. In order to 
 render it profitable, coercion in some form is indis- 
 pensable. The system seemed to justify and de- 
 mand the application of brute force, and it was 
 sometimes applied in forms which recall to mind 
 the tortures of the Spanish Inquisition 
 
 At last it dawned upon the consciousness, even 
 of the men by whom the system was administered, 
 that human conduct is regulated by two opposite 
 motives, of which one — namely, fear, is brutalizing 
 and degrading, but the influence of hope is on the 
 contrary inspiring and uplifting. It was decided to 
 try the effect of rewards instead of punishments
 
 IXDETERMIXATE SENTENCE 221 
 
 as an inducement to industry and obedience. Two 
 forms of reward suggested themselves. The first 
 of these was the grant to the prisoner himself of a 
 share in his earnings; the second, the promise of 
 some abridgment of his term of incarceration. The 
 latter took originally the form of commutation of 
 sentence, on a fixed scale, regulated by law. Tlie 
 immediate influence of this innovation was to render 
 the administration of discipline far more easy, and 
 its former harshness was greatly ameliorated. Com- 
 mutation of sentence as a legal right had a tendency 
 to awaken some degree of self-respect in the pris- 
 oner's mind, whereas commutation, as a favor, and 
 still more a pardon given as an act of arbitrary 
 grace, exerts a demoralizing influence, which ex- 
 tends to the entire prison population. But commu- 
 tation implies absolute discharge ; and in this par- 
 ticular it difiFers from conditional release or the 
 parole, under which the convict is still in legal cus- 
 tody, though at large, and is liable at any time to be 
 re-arrested and imprisoned in case he violates the 
 conditons attached to his parole. 
 
 These commutation acts, however, and the experi- 
 ence had of their beneficial tendency, did much to 
 prepare the way for the ultimate acceptance of the 
 principle of the indeterminate sentence. 
 
 There is not, and in the nature of things there 
 cannot be, an}' aid to a truly reformatory discipline 
 like that afiforded by the indetermniate sentence. 
 Every prison official can testify to the dissatisfac-
 
 222 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 tion and unrest caused by the palpable inequality 
 of sentences ; an inequality which neither the legis- 
 lature nor the courts can avoid or correct. The only 
 equal sentence is the indeterminate sentence, with 
 an identical maximum for all who violate a given 
 section of the code, coupled with identical condi- 
 tions by which to reduce it to the minimum pre- 
 scribed by law. Its imposition removes all ground 
 for complaint on this score. It also puts an end 
 to the fallacious hope of an unconditional pardon. 
 The prisoner is given to understand that the date 
 of his release on parole depends entirely upon him- 
 self. The authorities desire his release and will 
 help him to earn it; they are not his enemies, but 
 his friends. This disarms him of his hostility to 
 them. 
 
 The hope of an early release sustains him under 
 the depressing influence of prison life and stimulates 
 him to exert himself to avoid losing whatever he 
 has gained by diligence and good conduct. He is 
 aided to form habits of industry and obedience, 
 which tend to become fixed. He is trained and 
 transformed. 
 
 Under the indeterminate sentence, the prison it- 
 self undergoes a gradual process of transformation. 
 The moment that reformation, rather than punish- 
 ment, becomes the watchword of the administra- 
 tion, a new spirit takes possession of it. The gov- 
 ernor chooses better and abler men to govern it — 
 men imbued with reformatory ideas and qualified
 
 IXDETER^IINATE SENTENCE 22:5 
 
 to exert a reformatory influence ; men of higher edu- 
 cation, purer moral character, broader culture, 
 loftier aims in life, greater devotion to their work. 
 
 Nor must we fail to take account of the eflfect of 
 parole on the discharged prisoner. Under the old 
 system, the gate of the prison shutting him out of 
 the prison exerted a depressing effect upon his mind 
 comparable only to that of the same gate, months 
 or years before, shutting him in. Now he leaves 
 the prison with a new hope. He goes to a home 
 prepared to receive and welcome him. He has 
 money in his pocket and the assurance of an oppor- 
 tunit}^ to earn an honest living. During the time 
 of his probation he is watched, encouraged, warned, 
 steadied by the consciousness that failure on his 
 part to make good will render him liable to re- 
 arrest and re-imprisonment. His chances in life 
 are a hundredfold better than under a definite sen- 
 tence and an absolute discharge. 
 
 As a matter of statistical fact, the average term 
 of detention of bad and dangerous men is longer 
 under the indeterminate than under the definite sen- 
 tence, so that society is better protected under the 
 new system than it was under the old ; and those 
 whose conduct shows a less degree of moral turpi- 
 tude are sooner restored to citizenship and the 
 ranks of productive, self-supporting wage-earners. 
 A judge who has been for twenty-four years upon 
 the bench of the Circuit Court of Illinois declares 
 that, since the passage of the indeterminate sentence 
 act of 1897, he has had occasion to sentence but four
 
 224 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 men a second time for any crime, whereas in his 
 earlier experience he resentenced not less than one 
 hundred, and some of them three or four times. In 
 four years' time in the office of State's attorney of 
 Sangamon county, Mr. Hatch, a member of this 
 club, whom you all know and highly esteem, knows 
 of the return of but two to the penitentiary of this 
 State for violation of the conditions of their parole. 
 No, gentlemen, it is only by reason of ignorance, 
 prejudice, or selfish interest, that this law is op- 
 posed, and attempts made to repeal it, or so to 
 amend it as to destroy its efficiency for good. Should 
 any such efifort prove successful, but it will not, the 
 hand upon the dial-plate of the clock which marks 
 the advance in civilization would move backward. 
 AVe might have cause to apprehend the return of 
 the night of the dark ages, a return to the lash, the 
 dungeon, the ball and chain, the rack, the thumb- 
 screw, and all the hideous paraphernalia of an age 
 in which tyrants sought by violence to stifle the 
 yearnings of the human race for freedom and equsl 
 rights.
 
 THE HONOR SYSTEM 
 
 JESSE H. HOLJEES 
 
 A chapel speech bj' Jesse H. Holmes, Ph. D., Professor of 
 Philosophy in Swarthmore College. 
 
 There is a saying that "ability is not the measure 
 of responsibility, but responsibility is the measure 
 of ability." The poAver to assume responsibility is 
 of more importance than intellectual acuteness. Un- 
 doubtedly many of the men who surrounded Wash- 
 ington were more brilliant in intellectual power 
 than Washington himself. It was Washington's 
 capacity to lead that made him a great man as com- 
 pared with his contemporaries. This does not mean 
 merely that he assumed responsibility for his own 
 conduct. On the contrary, he assumed responsi- 
 bility for the conduct of many others. 
 
 In the life of the college, as well as in the life 
 of the nation, the value of the student and the 
 character of the student is indicated by his willing- 
 ness to assume responsibility not only for his own 
 conduct, but also for that of the college at large. I 
 am saying this in connection with the discussion 
 of the honor system. As a matter of fact, there are 
 only two systems possible in dealing with examina- 
 tions. These are the "honor" system and the "dis- 
 honor" system. A student does not cheat to himself 
 
 225
 
 326 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 alone. A cheating student dishonors ' his whole 
 class and lowers the tone of the whole college. He 
 cheapens the degree of every student who gradu- 
 ates from the college. In my judgment, it is the 
 duty of the students of this college to see to it that 
 no dishonest paper ever goes into the hands of an 
 instructor. This does not mean that the student 
 must tell the instructor of the dishonest work, but 
 it does mean that he is to make it impossible for 
 the dishonest student to receive credit for stolen 
 work, or to remain permanently in the college.
 
 JACKSON DAY DINNER 
 
 WOODROW WILSON 
 
 A speech delivered by Woodrow Wilson at the Jackson Day 
 Dinner of th.e Democratic party in Washington, January 
 8, 1 912. 
 
 Mr. Toastmaster and Fellow Democrats : We are 
 met to celebrate an achievement. It is an interest- 
 ing circumstance that principles have no anniver- 
 saries. Only the men who employ principles are 
 celebrated upon occasions like this and only the 
 events to which their concerted action gave rise 
 excite our enthusiasm. You know that the prin- 
 ciples of the Democratic party are professed by 
 practically the whole population of the United 
 States. The test of a Democrat is whether he lives 
 up to those principles or not. I have no doubt there 
 are some people in the United States who covertly 
 question the doctrines of Democracy, but nobody 
 challenges them openly. It goes without saying, 
 therefore, that we have not come together merely 
 to state the abstract principles of our party. We 
 have come together to take counsel as to how it is 
 possible, by courageous and concerted action, to 
 translate them into policy and law. The Democratic 
 party has had a long period of disappointment and 
 
 227
 
 2?i8 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 defeat, and I think that we can point out the reason. 
 We do not live in simple times. We live in very 
 conflicting- times indeed. No man can be certain 
 that he can say how to weave the threads of Demo- 
 cratic principle throughout all the complicated gar- 
 ment of our civilization, and the reason that the 
 Democratic party has had this period of successive 
 disturbance is that it has been divided into groups 
 just as it was to the method of fulfilling the 
 principles. 
 
 We have differed as to measures ; it has taken us 
 sixteen years and more to come to any comprehen- 
 sion of our community of thought in regard to what 
 WQ ought to do. What I want to say is that one 
 of the most striking things in recent years is that 
 with all the rise and fall of particular ideas, with all 
 the ebb and flow of particular proposals, there has 
 been one interesting fixed point in the history of the 
 Democratic party, and that fixed point has been the 
 character and the devotion and the preachings of 
 William Jennings Bryan. 
 
 I, for my part, never want to forget this: That 
 while we have differed with Mr. Bryan upon this 
 occasion and upon that in regard to the specific 
 things to be done, he has gone serenely on pointing 
 out to a more and more convinced people what it 
 was that was the matter. He has had the steadfast 
 vision all along of what it was that was the matter, 
 and he has, not any more than Andrew Jackson did. 
 not based his career upon calculation, but has based 
 it upon principle.
 
 JACKSON DAY DINNER 229 
 
 Now, what has been the matter? The matter has 
 been that the government of this country was pri- 
 vately controlled and that the business of this 
 country was privately controlled ; that we did not 
 have genuine representative government and that 
 the people of this country did not have the control 
 of their own affairs. 
 
 What do we stand for here to-night and what 
 shall we stand for as long as we live? We stand 
 for setting the government of this country free and 
 the business of this country free. The facts have 
 been disputed by a good many sections of the Demo- 
 cratic party for the last half generation, but they 
 were not clearly recognized. 
 
 I make the assertion that the government was 
 privately controlled. I mean, to put it specifically, 
 that the government of this country was managed 
 by politicians, who gained the contributions which 
 they used by solicitation from particular groups of 
 business interests on the understanding, explicit or 
 implied, that the first care of the government was 
 to be for those particular interests. I am not ques- 
 tioning either the integrity or patriotism of the men 
 concerned. I have no right to. In most instances 
 they were of that old belief, cropping up again and 
 again in America, that the people of this country 
 are not capable of perceiving their own interest and 
 of managing their own affairs ; that they have not 
 the contact with large affairs ; that they have not 
 the variety of experience which qualifies them to 
 take charge of their own affairs. Tt is the old Hamil-
 
 230 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKINCx 
 
 tonian doctrine that those who have the biggest 
 asset in the government should be the trustees for 
 the rest of us ; that the men who conduct the big- 
 gest business transactions are the only men who 
 should stand upon an elevation sufficient to see the 
 whole range of our affairs, and that if Vv^e will but 
 follow their leadership we may share in their pros- 
 perity. That is the Republican doctrine, and I am 
 perfectly willing, as a tribute to their honesty, 
 though not to their intelligence, to admit that they 
 really believe it ; that they really believe it is unsafe 
 to trust such delicate matters as the complicated 
 business of this country to the general judgment 
 of the country. They believe only a very small 
 coterie of gentlemen are to be trusted with the 
 conduct of large affairs. There was a long period 
 in New Jersey, for example, in which no commis- 
 sioner of insurance was ever chosen without first 
 consulting or getting the consent of the head of the 
 largest insurance company in the State, and I am 
 willing to admit, at any rate, for the sake of argu- 
 ment, that it was supposed he, better than anyone 
 else, knew who was qualified for the job. He did 
 know who was qualified for the job and he had the 
 proper point of view in demonstrating that it was 
 mainly for the benefit of the big interests. 
 
 Now, the other thing that has been privately con- 
 trolled in this country is the business of the country. 
 I do not mean that each man's particular 1:;usiness 
 ought not to be privately controlled, but I mean that
 
 JACKSON DAY DINNER 231 
 
 each man's particular business ought not to be pri- 
 vately controlled, but I mean that the great business 
 transactions of this country are privately controlled 
 by gentlemen whom I can name and whom I will 
 name, if it is desired ; men of great dignity of char- 
 acter; men, as I believe, of great purity of purpose, 
 but men who have concentrated, in their own hands, 
 transactions which they are not willing to have the 
 rest of the country interfere with. 
 
 Now, the real difficulty in the United States, it 
 seems to me, is not the existence of great individual 
 combinations — that is dangerous enough in all 
 countries — but the real danger is the combination of 
 the combinations, the real danger is that the same 
 groups of men control chains of banks, systems of 
 railways, whole manufacturing enterprises, great 
 mining projects, great enterprises for the developing 
 of the natural water power of this country, and 
 that threaded together in the personnel of a series 
 of boards of directors is a community of interest 
 more formidable than any conceivable combintion 
 in the United States. 
 
 It has been said that you cannot "unscramble 
 eggs," and I am perfectly willing to admit it, but 
 I can see in all cases before they are scrambled that 
 they are not put in the same basket and entrusted 
 to the same groups of persons. 
 
 What we have got to do — and it is a collossal 
 task — a task not to be undertaken with a light head 
 or without judgment — but what we have got to do 
 is to disentangle this collossal community of in-
 
 232 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 terest. No matter how we may purpose dealing 
 with a single combination in restraint of trade, you 
 will agree with me in this : that I think no com- 
 bination is big enough for the United States to be 
 afraid of; and when all the combinations are com- 
 bined, and this combination is not disclosed by any 
 process of incorporation or law, but is merely the 
 identity of personnel, then there is something for 
 the law to pull apart, and gently, but firmly and 
 persistently, dissect. 
 
 You know that the chemist distinguishes between 
 a chemical combination and an amalgam. A chemi- 
 cal combination has done something which I can- 
 not scientifically describe, but its molecules have 
 become intimate with one another and practically 
 united, whereas an amalgam has a mere physical 
 union created by pressure from without. Now, you 
 can destroy that mere physical contact without hurt- 
 ing the individual elements, and you can break up 
 this community of interest without hurting any one 
 of the single interests combined ; not that I am par- 
 ticularly delicate of some of the interests com- 
 bined — I am not under bonds to be unusually polite, 
 but I am interested in the business of this country, 
 and believe its integrity depends upon this dissec- 
 tion. I do not believe any one group of men has 
 vision enough or genius enough to determine what 
 the development of opportunity and the accomplish- 
 ments by achievement shall be in this country. You 
 can't establish competition by law, but you can take 
 away the obstacles by law that stand in the way of
 
 JACKSON DAY DINNER 333 
 
 competition, and while we may despair of setting 
 up competition among individual persons, there is 
 good ground for setting up competiton between 
 these great combinations, and after we have got 
 them competing with one another they will come 
 to their senses in so many respects that we can 
 afterwards hold conference with them without los- 
 ing our self-respect. 
 
 Now, that's the job. That's the thing that exists, 
 and the thing that has to be changed, not in any 
 spirit of revolution and not with the thought — for 
 it would be a deeply unjust thought — that the busi- 
 ness men of this country have put up any job on the 
 government of this country. Take even that colos- 
 sal job known as the Paine-Aldrich tariff. The busi- 
 ness men of this country did not put up that job! 
 Some of the business men of this country did, but 
 by no means all of them. Think what that means! 
 Do you mean to say that the commercial men of this 
 country are interested in maintaining the integrity 
 of that bill? Some and only some of the manu- 
 facturers of this country have put up that job on us, 
 and many of them have been the unwilling benefi- 
 ciaries of a system which they knew did not minister 
 to the prosperity of their undertakings. 
 
 I am not going to make a tariff speech. It is so 
 easy to knock holes in the present tariff there is no 
 sport in it. I am a humane man. I wouldn't jump 
 on a thing like that, but I do want to point out to 
 you that the ownership of government — it is a harsh 
 word to use, but I am not using it harshly, I am
 
 334 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 using it for shorthand — the ownership of the gov- 
 ernment of the United States, by special groups of 
 interests, centers in the tariff, and that's where the 
 difference comes in. I have heard men say that 
 politicians interfered too much Avith business. I 
 want to say that business men interfere too much 
 with politics. Do the statesmen of this country go 
 to the Ways and Means Committee and the Finance 
 Committee and beg for these favors? You know 
 that they do not. Some Congressmen go to these 
 committees and plead that some gentlemen back in 
 their constituencies are pressing them hard on bills, 
 and as public men, plead for individual interests, and 
 their entrance into politics has been so by those 
 who intended to control the schedules of the tariff. 
 I once heard a very distinguished member of 
 Congress give this illustration : He was talking 
 about a great campaign fund that had been col- 
 lected. It was the paltry sum of $400,000. It was a 
 great sum for that somewhat primitive da}', and it 
 was pointed out at the time — at any rate specified — 
 that most of this money had been contributed by 
 manufacturers, who were the chief beneficiaries of 
 the tariff, and those gentlemen pointed out that they 
 certainly would want to get their money back. I 
 may not be saying the thing properly, but it is 
 simply this : 
 
 Down where I live we get most of our water from 
 pumps, and a pump, as you know, may go dry over 
 night, and a prudent housekeeper will pump up a 
 bucket of water at night before she goes to bed and
 
 JACKSON DAY DINNER 235 
 
 leave it standing. Then in the morning, if the 
 plunger won't suck, she pours in that water and 
 that expands the plunger and it begins sending the 
 pump water out, and the first water that comes out 
 is the same water she poured in. By that I mean, 
 gentlemen, that this $400,000 was ordered poured in 
 to make the old pump suck, and you know that that 
 homely illustration is fair. That's what is done and 
 that's the wav the control of government comes in. 
 A\'ell, what are wo going to do? I have a prac- 
 tical mind and am not interested particularly in the 
 too-long-winded discussion of the principles upon 
 which we are going to act. Neither am I wise 
 enough to propose a comprehensive program. I 
 think the rule of Donnybrook Fair is good enough 
 for me : "Hit the heads you see." Make sure before 
 that your shillalas are made of good Irish hickory. 
 By that I mean this : Lop off the special favors when- 
 ever 3^ou are certain you have identified them ; lop 
 them off. That's a pretty good rule. You don't 
 need to be all-wise to do that. Paint some of those 
 favors so conspicuously that all can see them. If 
 you don't know which the}' are, ask the first man 
 you meet on the street and he will tell you. He will 
 give you a list that will keep you busy all winter. 
 And I might add this, if you please : not to go at 
 them haphazard, but to go steadily through the 
 things that have become obvious excrescences and 
 cut them off. That's a very definite program, and 
 then I might add : go into an absolutely thorough
 
 236 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 investigation of the way it may best be conducted, 
 find out just where, in dissecting, the scalpel can be 
 introduced, and divorce these artificial unions, be- 
 cause I know that you will not be cutting living 
 tissue. 
 
 I hear a great deal of talk about conservatism and 
 radicalism. Now, what makes a man shiver when he 
 hears a statement of the facts concerning it? He 
 feels it is cold-blooded and indiscreet to state the 
 facts, and yet he really is inclined, I must say, to 
 think there is something in it. He says to himself: 
 This man must be a radical, because if he sees the 
 thing that way, what, in God's name, is he going 
 to do, because, if he is going to go to work to 
 thoroughly change those facts there is no telling 
 where he will stop. Now, it is just there that he 
 ought to stop being radical. If the prudent surgeon 
 wants to save the patient he has got absolutely to 
 know the naked anatomy of the man. He has got 
 to know what is under his skin and in his intestines ; 
 he has got to be absolutely indecent in his scrutiny. 
 And then he has got to say to himself : "I know 
 where the seat of life is ; I know where my knife 
 should penetrate ; I dare not go too far for fear it 
 should touch the fountain of vitality. In order to 
 save this beautiful thing I must cut deep, but I must 
 cut carefully ; I must cut out the things that are 
 decayed and rotten, the things that manifest disease, 
 and I must leave every honest, wholesome tissue 
 absolutely untouched." A capital operation may
 
 JACKSON DAY DINNER 237 
 
 be radical, but it is also conservative. There can- 
 not be life without the cutting out of the dead and 
 decayed tissue. 
 
 And as to business, after a few committees like 
 the Stanley Committee have gone on a little longer 
 we will know a good many particulars, and we will 
 be versed in this high finance business ourselves. 
 These things are coming out with astonishing 
 candor. We now know how to regulate prices. We 
 know how to run combinations by circulars that 
 convey intimations and instructions. We see the 
 little artificial threads that bind these things to- 
 gether, threads which do not themselves contain the 
 life, but which themselves do control the vessels 
 in which the life blood runs. And so stage by stage 
 we shall learn what the practical business of a 
 Democrat is. It is to go to the root of the matter, 
 seek out the processes of cure and restoration and 
 rehabilitation. What a travesty it is upon the name 
 of Democracy to see any Democrat who wishes to 
 destroy the very thing that his principles should make 
 him in love with — namely, the life of the people them- 
 selves. A very thoughtful preacher pointed out the 
 other day that one of the first quotations in our 
 Lord's Prayer is "Give us this day our daily bread," 
 which would seem, perhaps, to indicate that our 
 Lord knew what every statesman must know, that 
 the spiritual life of the nation cannot exist unless it 
 has physical life ; that you cannot be an altruist and 
 patriot on an empty stomach. Nothing shows the 
 utter incapacity of a man to be a Democrat so much
 
 238 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 as his incapacity to understand what we are after. 
 He does not know that the very seeds of life are in 
 the principles and confidence and lives and virtues 
 of the people of this country, and so when we strike 
 at the trusts, or rather, I won't say strike at the 
 trusts, because we are not slashing about us — when 
 we move against the trusts, when we undertake the 
 strategy which is going to be necessary to over- 
 come and destroy monopoly, we are rescuing the 
 business of this country, we are not injuring it, and 
 when we separate the interests from each other and 
 disconnect these communities of connection, we have 
 in mind a greater community of interest, a vaster 
 communit}^ of interest, the community of interest 
 that binds the virtues of all men together, that man- 
 kind, which is broad and catholic enough to take 
 under the sweep of its comprehension all sorts and 
 conditions of men, and that vision which sees that 
 no society is renewed from the top and every society 
 is renewed from the bottom. Limit opportunity, 
 restrict the field of originative achievement, and you 
 have cut out the heart and root of the prosperity of 
 the country itself. 
 
 The only thing that can ever make a free country 
 is to keep a free and hopeful heart under every 
 jacket in it, and then there will be an irrepressible 
 vitality, then there will be an irrepressible ideal 
 which will enable us to be Democrats of the sort 
 that when we die we shall look back and say : "Yes, 
 from time to time we differed with each other as to 
 what ought to be done, but after all we followed
 
 JACKSON DAY DINNER 239 
 
 the same vision, after all we worked slowly, stum- 
 bling through dark and doubtful passages onward to 
 a common purpose and a common ideal." Let us 
 apologize to each other that we ever suspected or 
 antagonized one another; let us join hands once 
 more all around the great circle of community of 
 counsel and of interest, which will show us at the 
 last to have been indeed the friends of our country 
 and the friends of mankind.
 
 THE ISSUES OF REFORM 
 
 "WOODEOW ^VILSON" 
 
 Address of Woodrow Wilson at the banquet of the Knife 
 and Fork Chib of Kansas City, Mo., May 5, 191 1. 
 
 There can be no mistaking the fact that we are 
 now face to face with political changes which may 
 have a very profound effect upon our political life. 
 Those who do not understand the impending change 
 are afraid of it. Those who do understand it know 
 that it is not a process of revolution, but a process 
 of restoration, rather, in which there is as much 
 healing as hurt. There are strain and peril, no 
 doubt, in every process of change, but the chief peril 
 comes from undertaking it in the wrong temper. It 
 lies not in the change itself so much as in the 
 method of some of those who promote it. It is a 
 noteworthy circumstance that in proportion as the 
 people of the country come to recognize what it is 
 that renders them uneasy and what it is that is 
 proposed by way of reformation they lose their fear 
 and take on a certain irresistible enthusiasm. 
 
 The American people are naturally a conservative 
 people. They do not wish to touch the stable foun- 
 dations of their life ; they have a reverence for the 
 rights of property and the rights of contract which 
 is based upon a long experience in a free life, in 
 
 241
 
 242 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 which they have been at liberty to acquire property 
 as they pleased and bind themselves by such con- 
 tracts as suited them. No other people have ever 
 had such freedom in the establishment of personal 
 relationships or property rights. They do not mean 
 to lose this freedom or to impair any rights at all, 
 but they do feel that a great many things in their 
 economic life and in their political action are out of 
 gear. They have been cheated by their own politi- 
 cal machiner}'. They have been dominated by the 
 very instrumentalities which they themselves cre- 
 ated in the field of industrial action. The liberty of 
 the individual is hampered and impaired. They 
 desire, therefore, not a revolution, not a cutting 
 loose from any part of their past, but a readjustment 
 of the elements of their life, a reconsideration of 
 what it is just to do and equitable to arrange in 
 order that they may be indeed free, may indeed 
 make their own choices, and live their own life 
 undominated, unafraid, unsuspicious, confident that 
 they will be served by their public men. and that 
 the open processes of their government will bring 
 to them justice and timely reform. 
 
 What we are witnessing now is not so much a 
 conflict of parties as a contest of ideals, a struggle 
 between those who, because they do not understand 
 what is 'happening, blindly hold on to what is and 
 those who, because they do see the real questions of 
 the present and of the future in a clear, revealing 
 light, know that there must be sober change ; know 
 that progress, none the less active and determined
 
 ISSUES OF REFORM 243 
 
 because it is sober and just, is necessary for the 
 maintenance of our institutions and the rectification 
 of our life. In both the great national parties there 
 are men who feel this ardor of progress and of 
 reform, and in both parties there are men who hold 
 back, who struggle to restrain change, who do not 
 understand it or who have reason to fear it. . . . j . 
 
 Both parties are of necessity breaking away from 
 the past, whether they will or no, because our life 
 has broken away from the past. The life of America 
 is not the life it was twenty years ago. It is not 
 the life it was ten years ago. We have changed our 
 economic conditions from top to bottom, and with 
 our economic conditions has changed also the 
 organization of our life. The old party formulas 
 do not fit the present problems. Tlie old cries of 
 the stump sound as if they belonged to a past age, 
 which men have almost forgotten. The things 
 which used to be put into the party platforms of 
 ten years ago would sound antiquated now. You 
 will note, moreover, that the political audiences 
 which nowadays gather together are not partisan 
 audiences. They are made up of all elements and 
 come together, not to hear parties denounced or 
 praised, but to hear the interests of the nation dis- 
 cussed in new terms — the terms of the present 
 moment. 
 
 We have so complicated our machinery of gov- 
 ernment, we have made it so difficult, so full of 
 ambushes and hiding places, so indirect, that in- 
 stead of having true representative government we
 
 244 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 have a great inextricable jungle of organization 
 intervening between the people and the processes 
 of their government; so that by stages, without in- 
 tending it, without being aware of it, we have lost 
 the purity and directness of representative govern- 
 ment. What we must devote ourselves to now is, 
 not to upsetting our institutions, but to restoring 
 them. 
 
 Undoubtedly we should avoid excitement and 
 should silence the demagogue. The man with 
 power, but without conscience, could, with an elo- 
 quent tongue, if he cared for nothing but his own 
 power, put this whole country into a flame, because 
 the whole country believes that something is wrong 
 and is eager to follow those who profess to be able 
 to lead it away from its difficulties. But it is all the 
 more necessary that we should be careful who are 
 our guides. The processes w^e are engaged in are 
 fundamentally conservative processes. If your tree 
 is diseased it is no revolution to restore to it the 
 purity of its sap, to renew the soil that sustains it, to 
 reestablish the conditons of its health. That is a 
 process of life, of renewal, of redemption. 
 
 There is no ground for alarm, therefore. We are 
 bent upon a perfectly definite program, which is one 
 of health and renewal. 
 
 Let us ask ourselves very frankly what it is that 
 needs to be corrected. To sum it all up in one sen- 
 tence, it is the control of politics and of our life by 
 great combinations of wealth. Men sometimes talk 
 as if it were wealth we were afraid of, as if we
 
 ISSUES OF REFORM 245 
 
 were jealous of the accumulation of great fortunes. 
 Nothing of the kind is true. America has not the 
 slightest jealousy of the legitimate accumulation of 
 wealth. Everybody knows that there are hundreds 
 and thousands of men of large means and large 
 economic power who have come by it all perfectly 
 legitimately not onl}^, but in a way that deserves the 
 thanks and admiration of the communities they have 
 served and developed. But everybody knows also 
 that some of the men who control the wealth and 
 have built up the industry of the country seek to 
 control politics and also to dominate the life of 
 common men in a way in which no man should be 
 permitted to dominate. 
 
 In the first place, there is the notorious operation 
 of the bipartisan political machine : I mean the 
 machine which does not represent party principle 
 of any kind, but which is willing to enter into any 
 combination, with whatever group of persons or of 
 politicians, to control the offices of localities and of 
 States and of the nation itself in order to maintain 
 the power of those who direct it. This machine is 
 supplied with its funds by the men who use it in 
 order to protect themselves against legislation 
 which they do not desire, and in order to obtain the 
 legislation which is necessary for the prosecution of 
 their purposes. 
 
 The methods of our legislatures make the opera- 
 tions of such machines easv and convenient, for verv 
 little of our legislation is formed and effected by 
 open debate upon the floor. Almost all of it is
 
 240 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 framed in lawyers' offices, discussed in committee 
 rooms, passed without debate. Bills that the ma- 
 chine and its backers do not desire are smothered 
 in committee ; measures which they do desire are 
 brought out and hurried through their passage. It 
 happens again and again that great groups of such 
 bills are rushed through in the hurried hours that 
 mark the close of the legislative sessions, when 
 every one is withheld from vigilance by fatigue, and 
 when it is possible to do secret things. 
 
 When we stand in the presence of these things 
 and see how complete and sinister their operation 
 has been we cry out with no little truth that we no 
 longer have representative government. 
 
 Among the remedies proposed in recent years 
 have been the initiative and referendum in the field 
 of legislation and the recall in the iield of adminis- 
 tration. These measures are supposed to be charac- 
 teristic of the most radical programs, and they are 
 supposed to be meant to change the very character 
 of our government. They have no such purpose. 
 Their intention is to restore, not to destroy, repre- 
 sentative government. It must be remembered by 
 everv candid man who discusses these matters that 
 we are contrasting the operation of the initiative 
 and the referendum, not with the representative 
 government which we possess in theory and which 
 we have long persuaded ourselves that we possessed 
 in fact, but with the actual state of afifairs, with 
 legislative processes which are carried on in secret, 
 responding to the impulse of subsidized machines,
 
 ISSUES OF REFORM 247 
 
 and carried through by men whose unhappiness it 
 is to realize that they are not their own masters, but 
 puppets in a game. 
 
 If we felt that we had genuine representative gov- 
 ernment in our State legislatures no one would 
 propose the initiative or referendum in America. 
 They are being proposed now as a means of bring- 
 ing our representatives back to the consciousness 
 that what they are bound in duty and in mere policy 
 to do is to represent the sovereign people whom 
 they profess to serve and not the private interests 
 which creep into their counsels by way of machine 
 orders and committee conferences. The most ardent 
 and successful advocates of the initiative and refer- 
 endum regard them as a sobering means of obtain- 
 ing genuine representative action on the part of 
 legislative bodies. They do not mean to set any- 
 thing aside. They mean to restore and reinvigorate, 
 rather. 
 
 The recall is a means of administrative control. 
 If properly regulated and devised, it is a means of 
 restoring to administrative officials what the initia- 
 tive and referendum restore to legislators — namely, 
 a sense of direct responsibility to the people who 
 chose them. 
 
 The recall of judges is another matter. Judges 
 are not lawmakers. They are not administrators. 
 Their duty is not to determine what the law shall 
 be, but to determine what the law is. Their inde- 
 pendence, their sense of dignity and of freedom, is 
 of the first consequence to the stability of the State.
 
 248 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 To apply to them the principle of the recall is to set 
 up the idea that determinations of what the law is 
 must respond to popular impulse and to popular 
 judgment. It is sufficient that the people should 
 have the power to change the law when they will. 
 It is not necessary that they should directly influ- 
 ence by threat of recall those who merely interpret 
 the law already established. The importance and 
 desirability of the recall as a means of administra- 
 tive control ought not to be obscured by drawing it 
 into this other and very different field. 
 
 The second power we fear is the control of our 
 life through the vast privileges of corporations 
 which use the wealth of masses of men to sustain 
 their enterprise. It is in connection with this danger 
 that it is necessary to do some of our clearest and 
 frankest thinking. It is a fundamental mistake to 
 speak of the privileges of these great corporations 
 as if they fell within the class of private right and 
 of private property. Those who administer the 
 affairs of great joint stock companies are really 
 administering the property of communities, the 
 property of the whole mass and miscellany of men 
 who have bought the stock or the bonds that sustain 
 the enterprise. The stocks and the bonds are con- 
 stantly changing hands. There is no fixed partner- 
 ship. Moreover, managers of such corporations are 
 the trustees of moneys which they themselves never 
 accumulated, but which have been drawn together 
 out of private savings here, there, and everywhere. 
 
 What is necessary in order to rectify the whole
 
 ISSUES OF REFORM 249 
 
 mass of business of this kind is that those who con- 
 trol it should entirely change their point of view. 
 They are trustees, not masters, of private property, 
 not only because their power is derived from a 
 multitude of men, but also because in its investment 
 it affects a multitude of men. It determines the de- 
 velopment or decay of communities. It is the means 
 of lifting or depressing the life of the whole country. 
 They must regard themselves as representatives of 
 a public power. There can be no reasonable jealousy 
 of public regulation in such matters, because the 
 opportunities of all men are affected. Their prop- 
 erty is everywhere touched, their savings are every- 
 where absorbed, their employment is everywhere de- 
 termined, by these great agencies. What we need, 
 therefore, is to come to a common view which will 
 not bring antagonisms, but accommodations. The 
 programs of parties must now be programs of en- 
 lightenment and readjustment, not revolutionary, 
 but restorative. The processes of change are largely 
 processes of thought, but unhappily they cannot be 
 effected without becoming political processes also, 
 and that is the deep responsibility of public men. 
 What we need, therefore, in our politics is an 
 instant alignment of all men free and willing to 
 think, and to act without fear upon their thought. 
 This is just as much a constructive age in politics, 
 therefore, as was the great age in which our Federal 
 government was set up, and the man who does not 
 awake to the opportunity, the man who does not 
 sacrifice private and exceptional interests in order
 
 250 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 to serve the common and public interest, is declin- 
 ing to take part in the business of a heroic age. I 
 am sorry for the man who is so blind that he does 
 not see the opportunity, and I am happy in the con- 
 fidence that in this era men of strength and of prin- 
 ciple will see their opportunity of immortal service. 
 I am not one of those who wish to break connec- 
 tions with the past, nor am I one of those who wish 
 change for the mere sake of variety. The only men 
 who do that are the men who want to forget some- 
 thing, the men who filled j'-esterday with some- 
 thing they would rather not recall to-day. Change 
 is not interesting unless it is constructive, and it is 
 an age of construction that must put fire into the 
 blood of any man worthy of the name.
 
 AFTER-DINNER SPEECH 
 
 STRTCKLAXD W. GILLILAX 
 
 By Strickland W. Gillilan, before the Ohio Society. Phila- 
 delphia, March 30, IQ12. 
 
 I shall begin by omitting something. That which 
 an after-dinner speaker omits is far more vital than 
 what he emits. I shall omit the customary state- 
 ment that I am glad to be here. That statement is 
 usually made to cover embarrassment. And while 
 it might cover an embarrassment of ordinary acre- 
 age, it wouldn't make a patch on mine at this mo- 
 ment. Besides. I have made that stateinent so often, 
 perfunctorily, only to find out afterwards that I was 
 alone in my joy over my presence, that I have elimi- 
 nated it permanently from my stock come-packed 
 banquet speech. 
 
 Circumstances have taught me caution in regard 
 to public utterances. Why, even in this city of 
 brotherly afifection and other dispelled illusions and 
 broken-down traditons, not longer than two months 
 ago — on St. Groundhog's day, to be exact — a friend 
 of mine arose in the presence of the bread and 
 caviar of hospitality and. yielding to a sudden 
 and uncontrollable (but typewritten) burst of 
 emotion, hurled contumely and other verbal mis- 
 siles and debris at the newspapers until he suc- 
 
 251
 
 253 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 ceeded in pinning the Indian sign on his own glow- 
 ing presidential prospects. And while I have no 
 presidential prospects that my physician could 
 detect the last time I uneasily requested him to 
 stethoscope me, yet one can never tell. 
 
 Forewarned is forearmed, and while four-armed 
 is in one sense quadrupedalian (see Webster) it 
 does not necessarily mean making an ass of one's 
 self. So I shall keep my fingers firmly closed, 
 and try not to queer any chances I may be enter- 
 taining unawares. I am the one American citizen 
 who has never been mentioned for the job. 
 
 Not that I want to be President. That is almost 
 as painful and unnatural as being right. But one 
 should keep one's lightning rods upright and 
 greased and properly insulated. I am intending to 
 take the extreme precaution, the year preceding the 
 next national attack of presidential epilepsy, to 
 write a confidential letter to some friend whom I 
 can safely entrust with the delicate — not to say 
 sacred — task of violating said confidence at the 
 phychological moment, declaring that I positively 
 and finally and irrevocably refuse to be a candidate 
 for the highest office, unless I can manage in some 
 way to sandbag the nomination. That ought to fix 
 things. 
 
 The ideal banquet speech is one that subtracts 
 heavily from the sum-total of human knowledge. If 
 one says something wise and deep, it is said ob- 
 scurely and misunderstood ; or said too clearly, and 
 somebody is peeved and begins slinging mud. One
 
 AFTER-DINNER SPEECH 253 
 
 should say nothing ; say it clearly, firmly, and stand 
 by it. Being" misunderstood is a terrible thing. 
 Being understood by the boxes when we play to the 
 galleries is worse. One should sterilize his talk, 
 denature it. disinfect it of meaning and thought 
 germs. Then if the newspapers credit you with 
 having said an3^thing at all. your reputation has 
 something on your character. Most banquet 
 speakers say nothing, but don't know it. I say 
 nothing intentionally. That marks clearly the dif- 
 ference between a fool and a humorist. 
 
 Again, there are public speakers who say noth- 
 ing in such an impressive way that it sounds as if it 
 might assay about $500 to the ton. But when some 
 cruel listener smelts it or free mills it or applies the 
 cyanide, we are surprised at the poverty of the 
 result. Few banqueters carry their stamp mill or 
 bottle of cyanide with them, and the bluff goes un- 
 called. Nobody remembers what the speaker said. 
 They know the tune, but not the words. It is flap- 
 doodle de luxe, piffle plenipotentiary, yet it has the 
 auricular effects of oratory. It is grand opera in a 
 defunct language. 
 
 There are men who, with distended eyeballs, glis- 
 tening fangs, disheveled locks, wilted collar, varicose 
 brow veins, vermillion neck, and deep lavender vis- 
 age, can beat upon the table until the silver hits 
 the ceiling, the dishes break the chandeliers, and 
 the salt-cellars are all upset for bad luck, and de- 
 clare with a scream of rage through foamy lips 
 that the reason the Sahara Desert is in its present
 
 254 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 deplorable condition is a lack of moisture. They 
 say this boldly, recklessly, defiantly, declaring by 
 their halidomes that they care not what effect this 
 committing of themselves on this burning issue may 
 have upon their political prospects. Yet even such 
 speeches have been known to move strong men 
 (with weak minds) to tears and nominations. 
 
 Such speeches make us mere professional smile- 
 smiths emerald with envy. But such speakers, thank 
 God, are scarce and becoming scarcer. They are 
 the goosebone weather prophets, the leech doctors 
 of the spoken word. They have augured so many 
 trite auguries that their mouths have become literal 
 auger-holes and their speeches bores. 
 
 The time is coming — though it is not here or I 
 should be elsewhere to-night — when even at a ban- 
 quet a man must say something, shut up, sit down, 
 or all three. But by that stage of the millenium, 
 banquets themselves will have been relegated to the 
 lost limbo of Salem witch pyrography and other 
 outworn and barbaric practices.
 
 APPENDIX I 
 
 SYNOPSIS 
 
 For the use of students in preparing and criticis- 
 ing speeches, the following questions should prove 
 helpful : 
 
 I. Introduction. 
 
 L Is it needed to win the good will of the 
 audience? 
 
 2. Does it set forth the speaker's theme 
 
 clearly? 
 
 3. Will it arouse interest in what is to follow? 
 
 II. Discussion. 
 
 1. Does it have Ca) Unity? 
 
 (b) Logical Order? 
 
 (c) Clearness? 
 
 (d) Force? 
 
 (e) Elegance? 
 
 (f) Appeal? 
 
 2. Is it convincing? 
 
 III. Conclusion. 
 
 1. Is it the natural climax of the speech? or 
 
 2. Is its purpose merely that of leave-taking? 
 o. Is it brief? 
 
 4. Is it strong? 
 
 5. Is it appropriate? 
 
 255
 
 APPENDIX II 
 
 TOPICS FOR SPEECHES 
 
 These topics are selected from lists submitted by 
 the heads of departments in Swarthmore College 
 for the use of students majoring under them. They 
 aim to be suggestive rather than specific, and in 
 many cases must l>e narrowed to a theme suitable 
 for a five-minute talk. College topics and questions 
 arising in class-room discussions are freely used and 
 recitation periods are occasionally given over to the 
 discussion of some general topic. 
 
 In all cases the topics chosen must be submitted 
 and approved a week in advance of the recitation. 
 
 Economics 
 
 1. City Play-grounds. 
 
 2. City Planning. 
 
 3. Compensation for Industrial Accidents 
 
 4. Causes for Present High Prices, 
 o. Work of a Clearing-House. 
 
 fi. The Conservation Movement. 
 
 7. The Menace of Immigration. 
 
 8. Socialism. 
 
 9. Need for Puljlic Health Measures. 
 10. Scientific Management in Business. 
 
 257
 
 258 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 11. Corporation Tax (see Journal Pol. Econ., Vol. 
 
 18, pp. 62-473). 
 
 12. Physical Valuation of Railroads (see Journal 
 
 Pol. Econ., Vol 16, p. 189). 
 
 Astronomy 
 
 1. Surface of the Moon. 
 
 2. Corona of the Sun. 
 
 3. Canals of Mars. 
 
 4. Nebulae 
 
 5. The Spectroscope. 
 
 6. Paths of Comets. 
 
 7. The Evening Sky. 
 , 8. Sun Spots. 
 
 Biology and Geology 
 
 1. Mimicry in Animals. 
 
 2. The Coral Reefs. 
 
 3. Immigration of Birds. 
 
 4. Protective Coloration. 
 
 5. Harmful Insects. 
 
 6. The Gipsy Moth. 
 
 7. Factors in Distribution of Animals. 
 
 8. What the Weather-Man Does. 
 
 9. The Sea Bottom. 
 
 10. Factors Affecting Climate. 
 
 Chemistry 
 
 1. Rubber, Its Sources and Treatment. 
 
 2. The Tanning of Leather. 
 
 3. Methods of Preserving Wood.
 
 APPENDIX II 2r,9 
 
 4. Manufacture of Sugar. 
 
 5. Manufacture of Celluloid. 
 
 6. Properties of Radium. 
 
 French 
 
 1. The Church and State Conflict. 
 
 2. Morocco. 
 
 3. French Colonial Empire. 
 
 4. Modern French Art. 
 
 5. Student Life. 
 
 6. The Code Napoleon. 
 
 7. The Depopulation Question. 
 
 History 
 
 1. Themistocles' Dream for Athens. 
 
 2. Rome and Christianity. 
 
 3. The Crusaders. 
 
 4. Rise of the Italian Cities. 
 
 5. Franklin's Poor Richard Philosophy. 
 
 6. The Winning of the West. 
 
 7. The Fall of Feudalism. 
 
 8. Wolsey in Fact and Fiction. 
 
 9. Oliver Cromwell. 
 
 English 
 
 1. Ibsen's Women. 
 
 2. Macbeth and Lady Macbeth — Comparison 
 
 and Contrast. 
 
 3. My Favorite Novelist. 
 
 4. George Eliot. 
 
 5. Plays of Stephen Phillips.
 
 3^0 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 6. Tremendous Trifles. 
 
 7. Symbolism of Maeterlinck. 
 
 8. Dorothy Wordsworth's Journal. 
 
 9. Mill's Doctrine of Liberty. 
 
 10. Johnson's Plays. 
 
 11. The Lake Poets. 
 
 Engineering 
 
 1. Oil Engineers. Reference — Cassier's, March, 
 
 1911. 
 
 2. Reclaiming the Everglades. Reference — Cas- 
 
 sier's, March, 1911. 
 
 3. Corrosion of Metals. Reference — Mech. Engi- 
 
 neer, Jan. 20, 1911. 
 
 4. Ventilating Tunnels. Reference — Eng. News, 
 
 March 2, 1911. 
 
 5. World's Debt to Wireless. Reference — Tech. 
 
 World, March, 1911. 
 C. Wood Block Paving. Reference — Eng. News, 
 April 27, 1911. 
 
 7. Paving and Road-Making. Reference — Prin- 
 
 cipal Eng., Feb., 1911. 
 
 8. Garbage Collection and Disposal. Reference — 
 
 Principal Eng., Feb., 1911. 
 
 9. Power Plant Practice. Reference — Industrial 
 
 Eng., Feb., 1911. 
 
 10. Training of Workmen. Reference — Indus- 
 
 trial Eng., Feb., 1911. 
 
 11. The Automobile Industry. Reference — Auto- 
 
 mobile, Feb. 2, 1911.
 
 APPENDIX II 
 
 261 
 
 12. Rational Road Regulations. Reference — Auto- 
 mobile, Feb. 2, 1911. 
 Aeroplane vs. The Battleship. Reference — Pop. 
 
 Mech., Dec, 1910. 
 Management of Men. Reference — Wood 
 Workers, Jan., 1911. 
 15. Warm Cement Floors. Reference — Cement 
 Age, Jan., 1911. 
 
 LO. 
 
 14
 
 APPENDIX III 
 
 The "Public Speaking Review" has an inter- 
 esting and helpful department on Extemporaneous 
 Speaking, under the editorship of Professor J. A. 
 Winans, Cornell University. From the department 
 the following extracts are made : 
 
 EXTEMPORE SPEAKING IN HIGH 
 SCHOOLS 
 
 Not long ago the writer was invited by the prin- 
 cipal of one of the leading high schools of this State 
 to hear a program by that school's students when 
 brought together for an hour's assembly. The 
 theme was Shakespeare. Those on the program 
 were, as we recall, from an advanced English class. 
 Some of the subjects they chose to speak upon 
 were : 
 
 1. "A Plea for Shylock." 
 
 2. "Shakespeare's Women." 
 
 3. "The Foremost Man of All the World." 
 
 4. "Lady Macbeth and Portia, a Comparison and 
 
 Contrast!' 
 
 263
 
 364 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 Some of the students musically inclined inter- 
 spersed these talks with such songs as "Under the 
 Greenwood Tree" and "Who is Svlvia," the sinmn^ 
 being prefaced with a few words of explanation. 
 
 The talks were short, averaging from three to 
 five minutes in length. They were briefed, not 
 memorized ; they were thoughtful and to the point, 
 no declamation or Websterian maneuvers beine at- 
 tempted. The songs, too, were well rendered and 
 at the conclusion we felt as if we had been an hour 
 with Shakespeake. 
 
 History, too, aiTords excellent opportunity for the 
 student to speak before his schoolmates in such 
 assembly, for we are speaking particularly of the 
 average high school where no special instructor in 
 public speaking is employed. To illustrate, let us 
 suppose the class has reached the period of "the Civil 
 War" and is brought face to face with "the fore- 
 most American." How interesting and helpful some 
 such program as the following could be made ap- 
 portioned among different members of the class for 
 one or more exercises : 
 
 Story of Lincoln's Early Life, 
 
 Lincoln, the Lawyer. 
 
 Lincoln's Part in the Black Hawk War. 
 
 The Lincoln-Douglas Debates. 
 
 Story of Lincoln's Nomination for the Presidency. 
 
 Lincoln's Integrity. 
 
 Lincoln's Tact. 
 
 Lincoln's Appreciation of Humor.
 
 APPENDIX III 365 
 
 Lincoln's Prose Style. 
 
 Reading of Tributes, such as Lowell's and Mark- 
 ham's poems. 
 
 The above is meant to be suggestive only, and 
 in no sense exhaustive. 
 
 F. E. Browx, 
 Drake University. 
 
 NOTES ON PROGRAMS 
 
 In submitting the following programs, I have in 
 mind sections of ten members, meeting for a two- 
 hour period once a week or for two hour periods. 
 Each student speaks once a week, and receives two 
 hours of university credit. Speeches have a time 
 limit, usually of five minutes, rarely more than 
 seven. The rest of the time is taken up with im- 
 promptu discussions from the floor and criticisms 
 by the instructor, and also frequently by the class. 
 Speeches are based upon outlines prepared in ad- 
 vance and sometimes discussed with the teacher. 
 
 The first program here suggested is a rigid re- 
 quirement, each student being called upon to treat 
 a topic regardless of his perferences. This has an 
 advantage in that one frequently has to do just this 
 in practical work. I frequently say to a complain- 
 ing student, "Yes, it is an unpromising subject ; but 
 there is a speech in there somewhere and it is for 
 you to get it out." But in assigning rigid programs, 
 at least early in the year, I choose a familiar topic, 
 with rather broad themes, such as follows:
 
 266 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 Intercollegiate Athletics 
 
 Chairman's address (by a student), Rise of inter- 
 collegiate athletics ; Influence of athletics on college 
 life; Should athletes be favored in the classroom? 
 What is professionalism in college athletics? Are 
 we free from professionalism in this college? Should 
 "summer baseball" be permitted? Do athletics cost 
 too much? Is the "new" football an advance? If 
 a member of our team were killed next Saturday, 
 should the schedule be abandoned? Could athletics 
 be maintained without intercollegiate games? 
 
 The above program presents too many broad 
 issues; but it will furnish a class of beginners an 
 abundance of material, and consisting largely of live 
 issues on familiar themes will sweep away their dif- 
 fidence and hesitation. A lively "after-meeting" 
 may be anticipated. 
 
 If greater liberty is desired, these topics may be 
 posted for selection. Additional topics will readily 
 occur to all ; as. Influence of athletics on students 
 taking part, Can a student be both athlete and 
 scholar? Why is football the great student game? 
 Athletics and the reputation of the university, pro- 
 fessional coaches, The season-ticket system, The tax 
 system of support. Is our method of controlling 
 athletics at democratic enough? 
 
 A variation of this method which I have found 
 works well is to read out a list of possible topics 
 with or without brief suggestion of treatment, and 
 let each member express his preference for one of
 
 APPENDIX III 267 
 
 these or for another which occurs to him. Care 
 must be taken, of course, to reject poor topics and 
 to preserve a degree of unity for the program. 
 
 At times I give still larger freedom and assign 
 
 such a topic as, One reason why should be 
 
 elected. The requirement is simply to choose a 
 definite point and present it clearly and effectively. 
 I have used these in the same way : My point of 
 view on the liquor problem (this may be treated 
 either as a personal or as a social and political ques- 
 tion) ; A single phase of Lincoln's character de- 
 scribed and illustrated. 
 
 These are but fragmentary suggestions. One of 
 the most important considerations in arranging the 
 exercises of a term is to secure progressiveness, 
 adaptation, and development of the various forms 
 of discourse. I hope we may have some valuable dis- 
 cussion along these lines. 
 
 It is not especially difficult to frame programs 
 upon campus subjects, but since it is interesting 
 and frequently helpful to learn what others do I 
 will submit the following, which I have tested with 
 many sections : 
 
 Cheating in Examinations 
 
 Chairman's address : Prevalence of cheating in 
 this University. 
 
 The moral question involved. [It may be well to 
 assign this to two members, as many fall short of 
 the clear analysis and exposition demanded.]
 
 2G8 EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING 
 
 May one ever conscientious!}^ help another in 
 examination ? 
 
 The proctor system attacked. 
 
 The proctor system defended. 
 
 The honor system in the South. 
 
 The honor system in Princeton. 
 
 The system of the College of Civil Engineering 
 advocated. 
 
 The system of the College of Law advocated. 
 
 Is an honor system feasible in the College of Arts 
 and Sciences, where election is nearly free, class 
 lines are broken down and public opinion is weak? 
 
 Present day students and the sense of honor. 
 
 It may be well to assign sub-divisions of some of 
 these topics : as, Does the presence of a proctor 
 justify cheating? Is the analogy between proctor 
 and policeman valid? Is the fact that the dishonor- 
 able student may take advantage of an honor system 
 a substantial objection? 
 
 J. A. WiNANS.
 
 BOOKS 1B8Y RAI-CY EriTSTE» «K¥-I- 
 
 The Worth of Words 
 
 Third Edition, Revised and Enlarged, $1.25 
 
 The SOULS of words live after their forms change. 
 This spiritual element of words survives as literature. 
 The living book contains the ego of the author — the 
 spiritual personality of his mind. This book treats of 
 the right usage of words on this vital basis. It is a 
 living guide. Simple and clear, it aids correct speech 
 and shows how to vitalize words with soul. 
 
 The Changing Values of English Speech 
 
 $1.25. A mate to the worth of words. Touches 
 lightly the philosophical side in a practical way: illumines 
 Style, Soul of Words, Early English, Language-Change, 
 Poetry, Syntax. Variations in Word-Meanings, Distinctions. 
 Origin of Language, Old Celtic Friends, English Ortho- 
 graphy, Words Changed Since Shakespeare. Commonplace 
 Poetry, Aborigines. Reads with the fascination of romance. 
 
 The Religion of Beauty 
 
 Second Edition, Revised and Enlarged, $1 .25 
 
 This is the autobiography of a Soul glad of life— one 
 who finds riches in the possessions of others and, above 
 all, a golden wealth in man's Impersonal Estate— in sky 
 and star, sun and city, the sea and the open world— 
 one who finds the Religion of Beauty in all things, and 
 reveals the secret whereby all who v/ill may dig up 
 "real wealth" while having a good time. 
 
 Taormina 
 
 Illustrated. New Historic Matter. $2.00 
 History is told here with Maeterlinck's charm of style; 
 scenes are painted with the power and beauty of Hearn ; 
 philosophy is unconsciously brought forth from events. 
 Greek legend weaves a necklace of imagery which holds 
 ETNA in its clasp. Martial echoes mingle with the voices 
 of ancient poets, the murmur of the Ionian Sea and of 
 olive leaves in sunny Sicily. 
 
 HINDS, NOBLE & ELDREDGE, Publishers 
 31-33-35 West 15th St, New York City
 
 Great Poems 
 Interpreted 
 
 HELPS TO READING WITH THE UNDERSTANDING 
 
 By WAITMAN BARBE. A. M.. Litt. D. 
 
 CLOTH — $1.25 Poctpaid — 375 PAGES 
 
 This is a book for all who want to know, or need to 
 know, the real meaning and significance of some of the 
 great English and American poems — a book for use in 
 high schools and colleges, in teachers' reading circles 
 and in literary clubs. It is an explanatory course in the 
 study of great poetry from Herrick to Rossetti. All who 
 are acquainted with the author's Famous Poems Ex- 
 plained will welcome this new and more advanced 
 volume. With scholarly instinct and training (includ- 
 ing graduate work at both Harvard and Oxford), the 
 author has rendered his fellow-students and fellow- 
 teachers genuine service in this work of love. A brief 
 explanatory essay, by way of literary interpretation and 
 historical setting, precedes each poem. Also, most of 
 the poems are outlined for the convenience of teachers 
 and students. Besides, the textual difficulties are 
 explained in footnotes. At the end of the book are 
 "biographical notes of the authors represented." 
 
 HINDS, NOBLE & ELDREDGE - . Publishers of 
 
 The Changing Values of English Speech, $1.25 
 50 English Classics Briefly Outlined - $1.25 
 
 31*33-35 West Fifteenth Street, New York City
 
 How to Appreciate 
 
 THE DRAMA 
 
 By THOMAS LITTLEFIELD MARBLE 
 
 ILLUSTRATED — $1.25, postpaid— CLOTH, GILT TOP 
 
 A book designed for lovers of the drama in general, 
 for dramatic societies, for the study sections of reading 
 clubs, as v/ell as for classes in schools and colleges. 
 
 The subject is treated from the standpoint of prac- 
 tical dramaturgy, the desire of the author being to 
 point out the fundamental principles which underlie 
 sound dramatic art — the ultimate purpose being to 
 enable those who are yet inexperienced in recognizing 
 and appraising the intrinsic values of plays, to learn to 
 do so in a manner reasonably authoritative. 
 
 The book contains an analytical diagram, suKgestive analyses cf 
 four classical plays, and the full text, with marginal annotations, 
 of "The Cricket on the Hearth," the Screen Scene from "The 
 School for Scandal," and the Trial Scene from "The Merchant of 
 Venice." These annotated plays are an open sesame. 
 
 Without attempting to decide the moot question 
 whether the drama should be treated as a branch of 
 literature or as an independent subject, the author 
 shows his readers how to appreciate a well constructed 
 play quite apart from its purely literary value and its 
 technique. To appraise a play, to "appreciate" it — 
 the author hopes that an attentive perusal cf this bock 
 will put one in the way of doing just that. 
 
 Teachers who have directed student productions cf 
 such of Mr. Marble's comedies as "A Royal Runaway." 
 and " Won by Wireless," 3.nd "The Wooing of Wilhel- 
 mijta " v/ill welcome the opportunity to place this v/ork 
 in the hands of their pupils, whose interest cannot fail 
 to be stimulated by the fact that they have actually 
 performed plays written by its author. 
 
 Embellished by Porlraits of2S Playwrights and Actors 
 
 The medallion embossed upon the cover of the book isthe 
 device of the drama society and is used by permission. 
 
 HINDS, NOBLE & ELDREDGE - - Publishers of 
 
 Sheran's Handbook of Literary Criticism, $1.25 
 
 50 English Classics Briefly Outlined. $1.25 
 
 Great Poems Interpreted, $1.25 
 
 31-33-35 West 15th Street New York City
 
 Intercollegiate Debates 
 Four Volumes 
 
 CLOTH— $1.S0 each, postpaid — OCTAVO 
 
 In these volumes are included all the questions dis- 
 cussed in recent years in intercollegiate debates. See 
 list belozv, elaborated on other pages. No question dis- 
 cussed in an important intercollegiate debate is omitted 
 from these volumes: 
 
 Income Tax Injunction by Courts 
 
 Tax on Land R(?ata] loheritance Tctx 
 
 Abandonment of Protection Federal Control of Railroada 
 
 No Tariff on Raw Material Restriction of Immigrittion 
 
 Cotiiervation Nat'I Resources Asset Currency 
 Initiative &nd Referendum Labor Unions Beneficial 7 
 
 The Short Bedlst Armed Intervention 
 
 Recall of Judges Increased T^avy 
 
 Comraission City Government Guarantee of Bank Deposits 
 The Direct Prxmary Popular Election of Seniitors 
 
 Tho Miraimutn W&go Annexation of Cuba 
 
 Open vs. Closed Shop Ship Subsidies 
 
 % Decision in Jury Trials Gov't Ownership of Mines 
 
 The Central Bank Poetal Savings Banks 
 
 Parliamentary vs. Preeidentcal Government 
 Bank Notes Secured by Comcn^rcial Paper 
 Federal Charter for Interstate Business 
 Educational Qualification for Suffrage 
 Appointment vs. Election of Judges 
 
 Contents of each of ihe four volumes, with the col- 
 leges participating in each debate, on other pages. 
 
 Each vol will contain GENERAL INDEX of all four vols. 
 
 HINDS, NOBLE & ELDREDGE, Publishers 
 31-33>3S West IStls Street New York Csty 
 
 (over)
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA AT UOS ANGELES 
 THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY 
 
 This book is DUE on the last date stamped helow 
 
 OCT 2 3 1944 
 
 JAN 8 ia« 
 2 10*^3 
 id 195^ 
 
 filSCHARGE-URl 
 
 7 ^381 
 
 ^• 
 
 APR 2 - 1952 
 
 !•^^^ 
 
 i^Wi^si 
 
 '^ ti<s^ 
 
 v.n-u'R'" 
 
 !9 
 
 Ra«HO-U!!D 
 
 RtCtiiVt^i^ 
 
 
 GiKC. DtPT. UKu 
 
 ID 
 
 
 APR 161976 
 
 Form L-9-15m-7,'35 
 
 UNIVERL 
 
 \i^' 
 
 ^-~ 
 
 -»»'■ 
 
 ^-I^ORNIA 
 
 LOS AKGELES 
 LIBRARY
 
 
 3 1158 00668 7791 
 
 UC SOUTHFRN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
 
 AA 000 409 602